1// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. 2 3package directoryservice 4 5import ( 6 "fmt" 7 "time" 8 9 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" 10 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" 11 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" 12 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" 13 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/jsonrpc" 14) 15 16const opAcceptSharedDirectory = "AcceptSharedDirectory" 17 18// AcceptSharedDirectoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 19// client's request for the AcceptSharedDirectory operation. The "output" return 20// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 21// successfully. 22// 23// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 24// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 25// 26// See AcceptSharedDirectory for more information on using the AcceptSharedDirectory 27// API call, and error handling. 28// 29// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 30// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 31// 32// 33// // Example sending a request using the AcceptSharedDirectoryRequest method. 34// req, resp := client.AcceptSharedDirectoryRequest(params) 35// 36// err := req.Send() 37// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 38// fmt.Println(resp) 39// } 40// 41// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/AcceptSharedDirectory 42func (c *DirectoryService) AcceptSharedDirectoryRequest(input *AcceptSharedDirectoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *AcceptSharedDirectoryOutput) { 43 op := &request.Operation{ 44 Name: opAcceptSharedDirectory, 45 HTTPMethod: "POST", 46 HTTPPath: "/", 47 } 48 49 if input == nil { 50 input = &AcceptSharedDirectoryInput{} 51 } 52 53 output = &AcceptSharedDirectoryOutput{} 54 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 55 return 56} 57 58// AcceptSharedDirectory API operation for AWS Directory Service. 59// 60// Accepts a directory sharing request that was sent from the directory owner 61// account. 62// 63// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 64// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 65// the error. 66// 67// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 68// API operation AcceptSharedDirectory for usage and error information. 69// 70// Returned Error Codes: 71// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 72// One or more parameters are not valid. 73// 74// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 75// The specified entity could not be found. 76// 77// * ErrCodeDirectoryAlreadySharedException "DirectoryAlreadySharedException" 78// The specified directory has already been shared with this AWS account. 79// 80// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 81// A client exception has occurred. 82// 83// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 84// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 85// 86// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/AcceptSharedDirectory 87func (c *DirectoryService) AcceptSharedDirectory(input *AcceptSharedDirectoryInput) (*AcceptSharedDirectoryOutput, error) { 88 req, out := c.AcceptSharedDirectoryRequest(input) 89 return out, req.Send() 90} 91 92// AcceptSharedDirectoryWithContext is the same as AcceptSharedDirectory with the addition of 93// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 94// 95// See AcceptSharedDirectory for details on how to use this API operation. 96// 97// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 98// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 99// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 100// for more information on using Contexts. 101func (c *DirectoryService) AcceptSharedDirectoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AcceptSharedDirectoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AcceptSharedDirectoryOutput, error) { 102 req, out := c.AcceptSharedDirectoryRequest(input) 103 req.SetContext(ctx) 104 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 105 return out, req.Send() 106} 107 108const opAddIpRoutes = "AddIpRoutes" 109 110// AddIpRoutesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 111// client's request for the AddIpRoutes operation. The "output" return 112// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 113// successfully. 114// 115// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 116// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 117// 118// See AddIpRoutes for more information on using the AddIpRoutes 119// API call, and error handling. 120// 121// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 122// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 123// 124// 125// // Example sending a request using the AddIpRoutesRequest method. 126// req, resp := client.AddIpRoutesRequest(params) 127// 128// err := req.Send() 129// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 130// fmt.Println(resp) 131// } 132// 133// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/AddIpRoutes 134func (c *DirectoryService) AddIpRoutesRequest(input *AddIpRoutesInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddIpRoutesOutput) { 135 op := &request.Operation{ 136 Name: opAddIpRoutes, 137 HTTPMethod: "POST", 138 HTTPPath: "/", 139 } 140 141 if input == nil { 142 input = &AddIpRoutesInput{} 143 } 144 145 output = &AddIpRoutesOutput{} 146 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 147 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 148 return 149} 150 151// AddIpRoutes API operation for AWS Directory Service. 152// 153// If the DNS server for your on-premises domain uses a publicly addressable 154// IP address, you must add a CIDR address block to correctly route traffic 155// to and from your Microsoft AD on Amazon Web Services. AddIpRoutes adds this 156// address block. You can also use AddIpRoutes to facilitate routing traffic 157// that uses public IP ranges from your Microsoft AD on AWS to a peer VPC. 158// 159// Before you call AddIpRoutes, ensure that all of the required permissions 160// have been explicitly granted through a policy. For details about what permissions 161// are required to run the AddIpRoutes operation, see AWS Directory Service 162// API Permissions: Actions, Resources, and Conditions Reference (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/directoryservice/latest/admin-guide/UsingWithDS_IAM_ResourcePermissions.html). 163// 164// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 165// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 166// the error. 167// 168// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 169// API operation AddIpRoutes for usage and error information. 170// 171// Returned Error Codes: 172// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 173// The specified entity could not be found. 174// 175// * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExistsException" 176// The specified entity already exists. 177// 178// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 179// One or more parameters are not valid. 180// 181// * ErrCodeDirectoryUnavailableException "DirectoryUnavailableException" 182// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. 183// 184// * ErrCodeIpRouteLimitExceededException "IpRouteLimitExceededException" 185// The maximum allowed number of IP addresses was exceeded. The default limit 186// is 100 IP address blocks. 187// 188// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 189// A client exception has occurred. 190// 191// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 192// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 193// 194// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/AddIpRoutes 195func (c *DirectoryService) AddIpRoutes(input *AddIpRoutesInput) (*AddIpRoutesOutput, error) { 196 req, out := c.AddIpRoutesRequest(input) 197 return out, req.Send() 198} 199 200// AddIpRoutesWithContext is the same as AddIpRoutes with the addition of 201// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 202// 203// See AddIpRoutes for details on how to use this API operation. 204// 205// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 206// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 207// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 208// for more information on using Contexts. 209func (c *DirectoryService) AddIpRoutesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddIpRoutesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddIpRoutesOutput, error) { 210 req, out := c.AddIpRoutesRequest(input) 211 req.SetContext(ctx) 212 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 213 return out, req.Send() 214} 215 216const opAddTagsToResource = "AddTagsToResource" 217 218// AddTagsToResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 219// client's request for the AddTagsToResource operation. The "output" return 220// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 221// successfully. 222// 223// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 224// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 225// 226// See AddTagsToResource for more information on using the AddTagsToResource 227// API call, and error handling. 228// 229// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 230// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 231// 232// 233// // Example sending a request using the AddTagsToResourceRequest method. 234// req, resp := client.AddTagsToResourceRequest(params) 235// 236// err := req.Send() 237// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 238// fmt.Println(resp) 239// } 240// 241// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/AddTagsToResource 242func (c *DirectoryService) AddTagsToResourceRequest(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddTagsToResourceOutput) { 243 op := &request.Operation{ 244 Name: opAddTagsToResource, 245 HTTPMethod: "POST", 246 HTTPPath: "/", 247 } 248 249 if input == nil { 250 input = &AddTagsToResourceInput{} 251 } 252 253 output = &AddTagsToResourceOutput{} 254 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 255 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 256 return 257} 258 259// AddTagsToResource API operation for AWS Directory Service. 260// 261// Adds or overwrites one or more tags for the specified directory. Each directory 262// can have a maximum of 50 tags. Each tag consists of a key and optional value. 263// Tag keys must be unique to each resource. 264// 265// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 266// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 267// the error. 268// 269// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 270// API operation AddTagsToResource for usage and error information. 271// 272// Returned Error Codes: 273// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 274// The specified entity could not be found. 275// 276// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 277// One or more parameters are not valid. 278// 279// * ErrCodeTagLimitExceededException "TagLimitExceededException" 280// The maximum allowed number of tags was exceeded. 281// 282// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 283// A client exception has occurred. 284// 285// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 286// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 287// 288// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/AddTagsToResource 289func (c *DirectoryService) AddTagsToResource(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) { 290 req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input) 291 return out, req.Send() 292} 293 294// AddTagsToResourceWithContext is the same as AddTagsToResource with the addition of 295// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 296// 297// See AddTagsToResource for details on how to use this API operation. 298// 299// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 300// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 301// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 302// for more information on using Contexts. 303func (c *DirectoryService) AddTagsToResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddTagsToResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) { 304 req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input) 305 req.SetContext(ctx) 306 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 307 return out, req.Send() 308} 309 310const opCancelSchemaExtension = "CancelSchemaExtension" 311 312// CancelSchemaExtensionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 313// client's request for the CancelSchemaExtension operation. The "output" return 314// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 315// successfully. 316// 317// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 318// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 319// 320// See CancelSchemaExtension for more information on using the CancelSchemaExtension 321// API call, and error handling. 322// 323// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 324// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 325// 326// 327// // Example sending a request using the CancelSchemaExtensionRequest method. 328// req, resp := client.CancelSchemaExtensionRequest(params) 329// 330// err := req.Send() 331// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 332// fmt.Println(resp) 333// } 334// 335// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CancelSchemaExtension 336func (c *DirectoryService) CancelSchemaExtensionRequest(input *CancelSchemaExtensionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CancelSchemaExtensionOutput) { 337 op := &request.Operation{ 338 Name: opCancelSchemaExtension, 339 HTTPMethod: "POST", 340 HTTPPath: "/", 341 } 342 343 if input == nil { 344 input = &CancelSchemaExtensionInput{} 345 } 346 347 output = &CancelSchemaExtensionOutput{} 348 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 349 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 350 return 351} 352 353// CancelSchemaExtension API operation for AWS Directory Service. 354// 355// Cancels an in-progress schema extension to a Microsoft AD directory. Once 356// a schema extension has started replicating to all domain controllers, the 357// task can no longer be canceled. A schema extension can be canceled during 358// any of the following states; Initializing, CreatingSnapshot, and UpdatingSchema. 359// 360// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 361// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 362// the error. 363// 364// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 365// API operation CancelSchemaExtension for usage and error information. 366// 367// Returned Error Codes: 368// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 369// The specified entity could not be found. 370// 371// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 372// A client exception has occurred. 373// 374// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 375// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 376// 377// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CancelSchemaExtension 378func (c *DirectoryService) CancelSchemaExtension(input *CancelSchemaExtensionInput) (*CancelSchemaExtensionOutput, error) { 379 req, out := c.CancelSchemaExtensionRequest(input) 380 return out, req.Send() 381} 382 383// CancelSchemaExtensionWithContext is the same as CancelSchemaExtension with the addition of 384// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 385// 386// See CancelSchemaExtension for details on how to use this API operation. 387// 388// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 389// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 390// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 391// for more information on using Contexts. 392func (c *DirectoryService) CancelSchemaExtensionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CancelSchemaExtensionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CancelSchemaExtensionOutput, error) { 393 req, out := c.CancelSchemaExtensionRequest(input) 394 req.SetContext(ctx) 395 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 396 return out, req.Send() 397} 398 399const opConnectDirectory = "ConnectDirectory" 400 401// ConnectDirectoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 402// client's request for the ConnectDirectory operation. The "output" return 403// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 404// successfully. 405// 406// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 407// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 408// 409// See ConnectDirectory for more information on using the ConnectDirectory 410// API call, and error handling. 411// 412// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 413// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 414// 415// 416// // Example sending a request using the ConnectDirectoryRequest method. 417// req, resp := client.ConnectDirectoryRequest(params) 418// 419// err := req.Send() 420// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 421// fmt.Println(resp) 422// } 423// 424// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ConnectDirectory 425func (c *DirectoryService) ConnectDirectoryRequest(input *ConnectDirectoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *ConnectDirectoryOutput) { 426 op := &request.Operation{ 427 Name: opConnectDirectory, 428 HTTPMethod: "POST", 429 HTTPPath: "/", 430 } 431 432 if input == nil { 433 input = &ConnectDirectoryInput{} 434 } 435 436 output = &ConnectDirectoryOutput{} 437 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 438 return 439} 440 441// ConnectDirectory API operation for AWS Directory Service. 442// 443// Creates an AD Connector to connect to an on-premises directory. 444// 445// Before you call ConnectDirectory, ensure that all of the required permissions 446// have been explicitly granted through a policy. For details about what permissions 447// are required to run the ConnectDirectory operation, see AWS Directory Service 448// API Permissions: Actions, Resources, and Conditions Reference (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/directoryservice/latest/admin-guide/UsingWithDS_IAM_ResourcePermissions.html). 449// 450// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 451// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 452// the error. 453// 454// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 455// API operation ConnectDirectory for usage and error information. 456// 457// Returned Error Codes: 458// * ErrCodeDirectoryLimitExceededException "DirectoryLimitExceededException" 459// The maximum number of directories in the region has been reached. You can 460// use the GetDirectoryLimits operation to determine your directory limits in 461// the region. 462// 463// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 464// One or more parameters are not valid. 465// 466// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 467// A client exception has occurred. 468// 469// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 470// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 471// 472// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ConnectDirectory 473func (c *DirectoryService) ConnectDirectory(input *ConnectDirectoryInput) (*ConnectDirectoryOutput, error) { 474 req, out := c.ConnectDirectoryRequest(input) 475 return out, req.Send() 476} 477 478// ConnectDirectoryWithContext is the same as ConnectDirectory with the addition of 479// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 480// 481// See ConnectDirectory for details on how to use this API operation. 482// 483// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 484// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 485// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 486// for more information on using Contexts. 487func (c *DirectoryService) ConnectDirectoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ConnectDirectoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ConnectDirectoryOutput, error) { 488 req, out := c.ConnectDirectoryRequest(input) 489 req.SetContext(ctx) 490 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 491 return out, req.Send() 492} 493 494const opCreateAlias = "CreateAlias" 495 496// CreateAliasRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 497// client's request for the CreateAlias operation. The "output" return 498// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 499// successfully. 500// 501// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 502// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 503// 504// See CreateAlias for more information on using the CreateAlias 505// API call, and error handling. 506// 507// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 508// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 509// 510// 511// // Example sending a request using the CreateAliasRequest method. 512// req, resp := client.CreateAliasRequest(params) 513// 514// err := req.Send() 515// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 516// fmt.Println(resp) 517// } 518// 519// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateAlias 520func (c *DirectoryService) CreateAliasRequest(input *CreateAliasInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateAliasOutput) { 521 op := &request.Operation{ 522 Name: opCreateAlias, 523 HTTPMethod: "POST", 524 HTTPPath: "/", 525 } 526 527 if input == nil { 528 input = &CreateAliasInput{} 529 } 530 531 output = &CreateAliasOutput{} 532 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 533 return 534} 535 536// CreateAlias API operation for AWS Directory Service. 537// 538// Creates an alias for a directory and assigns the alias to the directory. 539// The alias is used to construct the access URL for the directory, such as 540// http://<alias>.awsapps.com. 541// 542// After an alias has been created, it cannot be deleted or reused, so this 543// operation should only be used when absolutely necessary. 544// 545// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 546// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 547// the error. 548// 549// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 550// API operation CreateAlias for usage and error information. 551// 552// Returned Error Codes: 553// * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExistsException" 554// The specified entity already exists. 555// 556// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 557// The specified entity could not be found. 558// 559// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 560// One or more parameters are not valid. 561// 562// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 563// A client exception has occurred. 564// 565// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 566// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 567// 568// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateAlias 569func (c *DirectoryService) CreateAlias(input *CreateAliasInput) (*CreateAliasOutput, error) { 570 req, out := c.CreateAliasRequest(input) 571 return out, req.Send() 572} 573 574// CreateAliasWithContext is the same as CreateAlias with the addition of 575// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 576// 577// See CreateAlias for details on how to use this API operation. 578// 579// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 580// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 581// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 582// for more information on using Contexts. 583func (c *DirectoryService) CreateAliasWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateAliasInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateAliasOutput, error) { 584 req, out := c.CreateAliasRequest(input) 585 req.SetContext(ctx) 586 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 587 return out, req.Send() 588} 589 590const opCreateComputer = "CreateComputer" 591 592// CreateComputerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 593// client's request for the CreateComputer operation. The "output" return 594// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 595// successfully. 596// 597// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 598// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 599// 600// See CreateComputer for more information on using the CreateComputer 601// API call, and error handling. 602// 603// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 604// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 605// 606// 607// // Example sending a request using the CreateComputerRequest method. 608// req, resp := client.CreateComputerRequest(params) 609// 610// err := req.Send() 611// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 612// fmt.Println(resp) 613// } 614// 615// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateComputer 616func (c *DirectoryService) CreateComputerRequest(input *CreateComputerInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateComputerOutput) { 617 op := &request.Operation{ 618 Name: opCreateComputer, 619 HTTPMethod: "POST", 620 HTTPPath: "/", 621 } 622 623 if input == nil { 624 input = &CreateComputerInput{} 625 } 626 627 output = &CreateComputerOutput{} 628 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 629 return 630} 631 632// CreateComputer API operation for AWS Directory Service. 633// 634// Creates a computer account in the specified directory, and joins the computer 635// to the directory. 636// 637// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 638// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 639// the error. 640// 641// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 642// API operation CreateComputer for usage and error information. 643// 644// Returned Error Codes: 645// * ErrCodeAuthenticationFailedException "AuthenticationFailedException" 646// An authentication error occurred. 647// 648// * ErrCodeDirectoryUnavailableException "DirectoryUnavailableException" 649// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. 650// 651// * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExistsException" 652// The specified entity already exists. 653// 654// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 655// The specified entity could not be found. 656// 657// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 658// One or more parameters are not valid. 659// 660// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 661// The operation is not supported. 662// 663// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 664// A client exception has occurred. 665// 666// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 667// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 668// 669// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateComputer 670func (c *DirectoryService) CreateComputer(input *CreateComputerInput) (*CreateComputerOutput, error) { 671 req, out := c.CreateComputerRequest(input) 672 return out, req.Send() 673} 674 675// CreateComputerWithContext is the same as CreateComputer with the addition of 676// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 677// 678// See CreateComputer for details on how to use this API operation. 679// 680// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 681// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 682// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 683// for more information on using Contexts. 684func (c *DirectoryService) CreateComputerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateComputerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateComputerOutput, error) { 685 req, out := c.CreateComputerRequest(input) 686 req.SetContext(ctx) 687 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 688 return out, req.Send() 689} 690 691const opCreateConditionalForwarder = "CreateConditionalForwarder" 692 693// CreateConditionalForwarderRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 694// client's request for the CreateConditionalForwarder operation. The "output" return 695// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 696// successfully. 697// 698// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 699// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 700// 701// See CreateConditionalForwarder for more information on using the CreateConditionalForwarder 702// API call, and error handling. 703// 704// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 705// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 706// 707// 708// // Example sending a request using the CreateConditionalForwarderRequest method. 709// req, resp := client.CreateConditionalForwarderRequest(params) 710// 711// err := req.Send() 712// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 713// fmt.Println(resp) 714// } 715// 716// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateConditionalForwarder 717func (c *DirectoryService) CreateConditionalForwarderRequest(input *CreateConditionalForwarderInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateConditionalForwarderOutput) { 718 op := &request.Operation{ 719 Name: opCreateConditionalForwarder, 720 HTTPMethod: "POST", 721 HTTPPath: "/", 722 } 723 724 if input == nil { 725 input = &CreateConditionalForwarderInput{} 726 } 727 728 output = &CreateConditionalForwarderOutput{} 729 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 730 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 731 return 732} 733 734// CreateConditionalForwarder API operation for AWS Directory Service. 735// 736// Creates a conditional forwarder associated with your AWS directory. Conditional 737// forwarders are required in order to set up a trust relationship with another 738// domain. The conditional forwarder points to the trusted domain. 739// 740// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 741// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 742// the error. 743// 744// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 745// API operation CreateConditionalForwarder for usage and error information. 746// 747// Returned Error Codes: 748// * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExistsException" 749// The specified entity already exists. 750// 751// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 752// The specified entity could not be found. 753// 754// * ErrCodeDirectoryUnavailableException "DirectoryUnavailableException" 755// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. 756// 757// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 758// One or more parameters are not valid. 759// 760// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 761// The operation is not supported. 762// 763// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 764// A client exception has occurred. 765// 766// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 767// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 768// 769// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateConditionalForwarder 770func (c *DirectoryService) CreateConditionalForwarder(input *CreateConditionalForwarderInput) (*CreateConditionalForwarderOutput, error) { 771 req, out := c.CreateConditionalForwarderRequest(input) 772 return out, req.Send() 773} 774 775// CreateConditionalForwarderWithContext is the same as CreateConditionalForwarder with the addition of 776// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 777// 778// See CreateConditionalForwarder for details on how to use this API operation. 779// 780// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 781// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 782// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 783// for more information on using Contexts. 784func (c *DirectoryService) CreateConditionalForwarderWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateConditionalForwarderInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateConditionalForwarderOutput, error) { 785 req, out := c.CreateConditionalForwarderRequest(input) 786 req.SetContext(ctx) 787 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 788 return out, req.Send() 789} 790 791const opCreateDirectory = "CreateDirectory" 792 793// CreateDirectoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 794// client's request for the CreateDirectory operation. The "output" return 795// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 796// successfully. 797// 798// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 799// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 800// 801// See CreateDirectory for more information on using the CreateDirectory 802// API call, and error handling. 803// 804// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 805// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 806// 807// 808// // Example sending a request using the CreateDirectoryRequest method. 809// req, resp := client.CreateDirectoryRequest(params) 810// 811// err := req.Send() 812// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 813// fmt.Println(resp) 814// } 815// 816// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateDirectory 817func (c *DirectoryService) CreateDirectoryRequest(input *CreateDirectoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDirectoryOutput) { 818 op := &request.Operation{ 819 Name: opCreateDirectory, 820 HTTPMethod: "POST", 821 HTTPPath: "/", 822 } 823 824 if input == nil { 825 input = &CreateDirectoryInput{} 826 } 827 828 output = &CreateDirectoryOutput{} 829 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 830 return 831} 832 833// CreateDirectory API operation for AWS Directory Service. 834// 835// Creates a Simple AD directory. For more information, see Simple Active Directory 836// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/directoryservice/latest/admin-guide/directory_simple_ad.html) 837// in the AWS Directory Service Admin Guide. 838// 839// Before you call CreateDirectory, ensure that all of the required permissions 840// have been explicitly granted through a policy. For details about what permissions 841// are required to run the CreateDirectory operation, see AWS Directory Service 842// API Permissions: Actions, Resources, and Conditions Reference (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/directoryservice/latest/admin-guide/UsingWithDS_IAM_ResourcePermissions.html). 843// 844// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 845// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 846// the error. 847// 848// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 849// API operation CreateDirectory for usage and error information. 850// 851// Returned Error Codes: 852// * ErrCodeDirectoryLimitExceededException "DirectoryLimitExceededException" 853// The maximum number of directories in the region has been reached. You can 854// use the GetDirectoryLimits operation to determine your directory limits in 855// the region. 856// 857// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 858// One or more parameters are not valid. 859// 860// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 861// A client exception has occurred. 862// 863// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 864// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 865// 866// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateDirectory 867func (c *DirectoryService) CreateDirectory(input *CreateDirectoryInput) (*CreateDirectoryOutput, error) { 868 req, out := c.CreateDirectoryRequest(input) 869 return out, req.Send() 870} 871 872// CreateDirectoryWithContext is the same as CreateDirectory with the addition of 873// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 874// 875// See CreateDirectory for details on how to use this API operation. 876// 877// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 878// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 879// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 880// for more information on using Contexts. 881func (c *DirectoryService) CreateDirectoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDirectoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDirectoryOutput, error) { 882 req, out := c.CreateDirectoryRequest(input) 883 req.SetContext(ctx) 884 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 885 return out, req.Send() 886} 887 888const opCreateLogSubscription = "CreateLogSubscription" 889 890// CreateLogSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 891// client's request for the CreateLogSubscription operation. The "output" return 892// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 893// successfully. 894// 895// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 896// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 897// 898// See CreateLogSubscription for more information on using the CreateLogSubscription 899// API call, and error handling. 900// 901// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 902// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 903// 904// 905// // Example sending a request using the CreateLogSubscriptionRequest method. 906// req, resp := client.CreateLogSubscriptionRequest(params) 907// 908// err := req.Send() 909// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 910// fmt.Println(resp) 911// } 912// 913// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateLogSubscription 914func (c *DirectoryService) CreateLogSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateLogSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateLogSubscriptionOutput) { 915 op := &request.Operation{ 916 Name: opCreateLogSubscription, 917 HTTPMethod: "POST", 918 HTTPPath: "/", 919 } 920 921 if input == nil { 922 input = &CreateLogSubscriptionInput{} 923 } 924 925 output = &CreateLogSubscriptionOutput{} 926 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 927 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 928 return 929} 930 931// CreateLogSubscription API operation for AWS Directory Service. 932// 933// Creates a subscription to forward real-time Directory Service domain controller 934// security logs to the specified Amazon CloudWatch log group in your AWS account. 935// 936// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 937// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 938// the error. 939// 940// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 941// API operation CreateLogSubscription for usage and error information. 942// 943// Returned Error Codes: 944// * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExistsException" 945// The specified entity already exists. 946// 947// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 948// The specified entity could not be found. 949// 950// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 951// The operation is not supported. 952// 953// * ErrCodeInsufficientPermissionsException "InsufficientPermissionsException" 954// The account does not have sufficient permission to perform the operation. 955// 956// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 957// A client exception has occurred. 958// 959// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 960// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 961// 962// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateLogSubscription 963func (c *DirectoryService) CreateLogSubscription(input *CreateLogSubscriptionInput) (*CreateLogSubscriptionOutput, error) { 964 req, out := c.CreateLogSubscriptionRequest(input) 965 return out, req.Send() 966} 967 968// CreateLogSubscriptionWithContext is the same as CreateLogSubscription with the addition of 969// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 970// 971// See CreateLogSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 972// 973// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 974// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 975// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 976// for more information on using Contexts. 977func (c *DirectoryService) CreateLogSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateLogSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateLogSubscriptionOutput, error) { 978 req, out := c.CreateLogSubscriptionRequest(input) 979 req.SetContext(ctx) 980 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 981 return out, req.Send() 982} 983 984const opCreateMicrosoftAD = "CreateMicrosoftAD" 985 986// CreateMicrosoftADRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 987// client's request for the CreateMicrosoftAD operation. The "output" return 988// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 989// successfully. 990// 991// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 992// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 993// 994// See CreateMicrosoftAD for more information on using the CreateMicrosoftAD 995// API call, and error handling. 996// 997// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 998// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 999// 1000// 1001// // Example sending a request using the CreateMicrosoftADRequest method. 1002// req, resp := client.CreateMicrosoftADRequest(params) 1003// 1004// err := req.Send() 1005// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1006// fmt.Println(resp) 1007// } 1008// 1009// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateMicrosoftAD 1010func (c *DirectoryService) CreateMicrosoftADRequest(input *CreateMicrosoftADInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateMicrosoftADOutput) { 1011 op := &request.Operation{ 1012 Name: opCreateMicrosoftAD, 1013 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1014 HTTPPath: "/", 1015 } 1016 1017 if input == nil { 1018 input = &CreateMicrosoftADInput{} 1019 } 1020 1021 output = &CreateMicrosoftADOutput{} 1022 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1023 return 1024} 1025 1026// CreateMicrosoftAD API operation for AWS Directory Service. 1027// 1028// Creates a Microsoft AD directory in the AWS Cloud. For more information, 1029// see AWS Managed Microsoft AD (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/directoryservice/latest/admin-guide/directory_microsoft_ad.html) 1030// in the AWS Directory Service Admin Guide. 1031// 1032// Before you call CreateMicrosoftAD, ensure that all of the required permissions 1033// have been explicitly granted through a policy. For details about what permissions 1034// are required to run the CreateMicrosoftAD operation, see AWS Directory Service 1035// API Permissions: Actions, Resources, and Conditions Reference (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/directoryservice/latest/admin-guide/UsingWithDS_IAM_ResourcePermissions.html). 1036// 1037// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1038// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1039// the error. 1040// 1041// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 1042// API operation CreateMicrosoftAD for usage and error information. 1043// 1044// Returned Error Codes: 1045// * ErrCodeDirectoryLimitExceededException "DirectoryLimitExceededException" 1046// The maximum number of directories in the region has been reached. You can 1047// use the GetDirectoryLimits operation to determine your directory limits in 1048// the region. 1049// 1050// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 1051// One or more parameters are not valid. 1052// 1053// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 1054// A client exception has occurred. 1055// 1056// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 1057// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 1058// 1059// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 1060// The operation is not supported. 1061// 1062// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateMicrosoftAD 1063func (c *DirectoryService) CreateMicrosoftAD(input *CreateMicrosoftADInput) (*CreateMicrosoftADOutput, error) { 1064 req, out := c.CreateMicrosoftADRequest(input) 1065 return out, req.Send() 1066} 1067 1068// CreateMicrosoftADWithContext is the same as CreateMicrosoftAD with the addition of 1069// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1070// 1071// See CreateMicrosoftAD for details on how to use this API operation. 1072// 1073// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1074// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1075// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1076// for more information on using Contexts. 1077func (c *DirectoryService) CreateMicrosoftADWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateMicrosoftADInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateMicrosoftADOutput, error) { 1078 req, out := c.CreateMicrosoftADRequest(input) 1079 req.SetContext(ctx) 1080 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1081 return out, req.Send() 1082} 1083 1084const opCreateSnapshot = "CreateSnapshot" 1085 1086// CreateSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1087// client's request for the CreateSnapshot operation. The "output" return 1088// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1089// successfully. 1090// 1091// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1092// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1093// 1094// See CreateSnapshot for more information on using the CreateSnapshot 1095// API call, and error handling. 1096// 1097// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1098// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1099// 1100// 1101// // Example sending a request using the CreateSnapshotRequest method. 1102// req, resp := client.CreateSnapshotRequest(params) 1103// 1104// err := req.Send() 1105// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1106// fmt.Println(resp) 1107// } 1108// 1109// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateSnapshot 1110func (c *DirectoryService) CreateSnapshotRequest(input *CreateSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateSnapshotOutput) { 1111 op := &request.Operation{ 1112 Name: opCreateSnapshot, 1113 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1114 HTTPPath: "/", 1115 } 1116 1117 if input == nil { 1118 input = &CreateSnapshotInput{} 1119 } 1120 1121 output = &CreateSnapshotOutput{} 1122 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1123 return 1124} 1125 1126// CreateSnapshot API operation for AWS Directory Service. 1127// 1128// Creates a snapshot of a Simple AD or Microsoft AD directory in the AWS cloud. 1129// 1130// You cannot take snapshots of AD Connector directories. 1131// 1132// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1133// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1134// the error. 1135// 1136// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 1137// API operation CreateSnapshot for usage and error information. 1138// 1139// Returned Error Codes: 1140// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 1141// The specified entity could not be found. 1142// 1143// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 1144// One or more parameters are not valid. 1145// 1146// * ErrCodeSnapshotLimitExceededException "SnapshotLimitExceededException" 1147// The maximum number of manual snapshots for the directory has been reached. 1148// You can use the GetSnapshotLimits operation to determine the snapshot limits 1149// for a directory. 1150// 1151// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 1152// A client exception has occurred. 1153// 1154// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 1155// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 1156// 1157// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateSnapshot 1158func (c *DirectoryService) CreateSnapshot(input *CreateSnapshotInput) (*CreateSnapshotOutput, error) { 1159 req, out := c.CreateSnapshotRequest(input) 1160 return out, req.Send() 1161} 1162 1163// CreateSnapshotWithContext is the same as CreateSnapshot with the addition of 1164// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1165// 1166// See CreateSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 1167// 1168// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1169// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1170// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1171// for more information on using Contexts. 1172func (c *DirectoryService) CreateSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateSnapshotOutput, error) { 1173 req, out := c.CreateSnapshotRequest(input) 1174 req.SetContext(ctx) 1175 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1176 return out, req.Send() 1177} 1178 1179const opCreateTrust = "CreateTrust" 1180 1181// CreateTrustRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1182// client's request for the CreateTrust operation. The "output" return 1183// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1184// successfully. 1185// 1186// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1187// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1188// 1189// See CreateTrust for more information on using the CreateTrust 1190// API call, and error handling. 1191// 1192// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1193// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1194// 1195// 1196// // Example sending a request using the CreateTrustRequest method. 1197// req, resp := client.CreateTrustRequest(params) 1198// 1199// err := req.Send() 1200// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1201// fmt.Println(resp) 1202// } 1203// 1204// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateTrust 1205func (c *DirectoryService) CreateTrustRequest(input *CreateTrustInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateTrustOutput) { 1206 op := &request.Operation{ 1207 Name: opCreateTrust, 1208 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1209 HTTPPath: "/", 1210 } 1211 1212 if input == nil { 1213 input = &CreateTrustInput{} 1214 } 1215 1216 output = &CreateTrustOutput{} 1217 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1218 return 1219} 1220 1221// CreateTrust API operation for AWS Directory Service. 1222// 1223// AWS Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory allows you to configure 1224// trust relationships. For example, you can establish a trust between your 1225// AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory, and your existing on-premises Microsoft 1226// Active Directory. This would allow you to provide users and groups access 1227// to resources in either domain, with a single set of credentials. 1228// 1229// This action initiates the creation of the AWS side of a trust relationship 1230// between an AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory and an external domain. You 1231// can create either a forest trust or an external trust. 1232// 1233// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1234// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1235// the error. 1236// 1237// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 1238// API operation CreateTrust for usage and error information. 1239// 1240// Returned Error Codes: 1241// * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExistsException" 1242// The specified entity already exists. 1243// 1244// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 1245// The specified entity could not be found. 1246// 1247// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 1248// One or more parameters are not valid. 1249// 1250// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 1251// A client exception has occurred. 1252// 1253// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 1254// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 1255// 1256// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 1257// The operation is not supported. 1258// 1259// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/CreateTrust 1260func (c *DirectoryService) CreateTrust(input *CreateTrustInput) (*CreateTrustOutput, error) { 1261 req, out := c.CreateTrustRequest(input) 1262 return out, req.Send() 1263} 1264 1265// CreateTrustWithContext is the same as CreateTrust with the addition of 1266// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1267// 1268// See CreateTrust for details on how to use this API operation. 1269// 1270// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1271// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1272// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1273// for more information on using Contexts. 1274func (c *DirectoryService) CreateTrustWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateTrustInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateTrustOutput, error) { 1275 req, out := c.CreateTrustRequest(input) 1276 req.SetContext(ctx) 1277 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1278 return out, req.Send() 1279} 1280 1281const opDeleteConditionalForwarder = "DeleteConditionalForwarder" 1282 1283// DeleteConditionalForwarderRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1284// client's request for the DeleteConditionalForwarder operation. The "output" return 1285// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1286// successfully. 1287// 1288// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1289// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1290// 1291// See DeleteConditionalForwarder for more information on using the DeleteConditionalForwarder 1292// API call, and error handling. 1293// 1294// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1295// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1296// 1297// 1298// // Example sending a request using the DeleteConditionalForwarderRequest method. 1299// req, resp := client.DeleteConditionalForwarderRequest(params) 1300// 1301// err := req.Send() 1302// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1303// fmt.Println(resp) 1304// } 1305// 1306// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeleteConditionalForwarder 1307func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteConditionalForwarderRequest(input *DeleteConditionalForwarderInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteConditionalForwarderOutput) { 1308 op := &request.Operation{ 1309 Name: opDeleteConditionalForwarder, 1310 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1311 HTTPPath: "/", 1312 } 1313 1314 if input == nil { 1315 input = &DeleteConditionalForwarderInput{} 1316 } 1317 1318 output = &DeleteConditionalForwarderOutput{} 1319 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1320 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 1321 return 1322} 1323 1324// DeleteConditionalForwarder API operation for AWS Directory Service. 1325// 1326// Deletes a conditional forwarder that has been set up for your AWS directory. 1327// 1328// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1329// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1330// the error. 1331// 1332// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 1333// API operation DeleteConditionalForwarder for usage and error information. 1334// 1335// Returned Error Codes: 1336// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 1337// The specified entity could not be found. 1338// 1339// * ErrCodeDirectoryUnavailableException "DirectoryUnavailableException" 1340// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. 1341// 1342// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 1343// One or more parameters are not valid. 1344// 1345// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 1346// The operation is not supported. 1347// 1348// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 1349// A client exception has occurred. 1350// 1351// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 1352// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 1353// 1354// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeleteConditionalForwarder 1355func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteConditionalForwarder(input *DeleteConditionalForwarderInput) (*DeleteConditionalForwarderOutput, error) { 1356 req, out := c.DeleteConditionalForwarderRequest(input) 1357 return out, req.Send() 1358} 1359 1360// DeleteConditionalForwarderWithContext is the same as DeleteConditionalForwarder with the addition of 1361// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1362// 1363// See DeleteConditionalForwarder for details on how to use this API operation. 1364// 1365// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1366// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1367// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1368// for more information on using Contexts. 1369func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteConditionalForwarderWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteConditionalForwarderInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteConditionalForwarderOutput, error) { 1370 req, out := c.DeleteConditionalForwarderRequest(input) 1371 req.SetContext(ctx) 1372 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1373 return out, req.Send() 1374} 1375 1376const opDeleteDirectory = "DeleteDirectory" 1377 1378// DeleteDirectoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1379// client's request for the DeleteDirectory operation. The "output" return 1380// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1381// successfully. 1382// 1383// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1384// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1385// 1386// See DeleteDirectory for more information on using the DeleteDirectory 1387// API call, and error handling. 1388// 1389// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1390// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1391// 1392// 1393// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDirectoryRequest method. 1394// req, resp := client.DeleteDirectoryRequest(params) 1395// 1396// err := req.Send() 1397// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1398// fmt.Println(resp) 1399// } 1400// 1401// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeleteDirectory 1402func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteDirectoryRequest(input *DeleteDirectoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDirectoryOutput) { 1403 op := &request.Operation{ 1404 Name: opDeleteDirectory, 1405 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1406 HTTPPath: "/", 1407 } 1408 1409 if input == nil { 1410 input = &DeleteDirectoryInput{} 1411 } 1412 1413 output = &DeleteDirectoryOutput{} 1414 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1415 return 1416} 1417 1418// DeleteDirectory API operation for AWS Directory Service. 1419// 1420// Deletes an AWS Directory Service directory. 1421// 1422// Before you call DeleteDirectory, ensure that all of the required permissions 1423// have been explicitly granted through a policy. For details about what permissions 1424// are required to run the DeleteDirectory operation, see AWS Directory Service 1425// API Permissions: Actions, Resources, and Conditions Reference (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/directoryservice/latest/admin-guide/UsingWithDS_IAM_ResourcePermissions.html). 1426// 1427// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1428// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1429// the error. 1430// 1431// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 1432// API operation DeleteDirectory for usage and error information. 1433// 1434// Returned Error Codes: 1435// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 1436// The specified entity could not be found. 1437// 1438// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 1439// A client exception has occurred. 1440// 1441// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 1442// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 1443// 1444// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeleteDirectory 1445func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteDirectory(input *DeleteDirectoryInput) (*DeleteDirectoryOutput, error) { 1446 req, out := c.DeleteDirectoryRequest(input) 1447 return out, req.Send() 1448} 1449 1450// DeleteDirectoryWithContext is the same as DeleteDirectory with the addition of 1451// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1452// 1453// See DeleteDirectory for details on how to use this API operation. 1454// 1455// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1456// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1457// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1458// for more information on using Contexts. 1459func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteDirectoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDirectoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDirectoryOutput, error) { 1460 req, out := c.DeleteDirectoryRequest(input) 1461 req.SetContext(ctx) 1462 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1463 return out, req.Send() 1464} 1465 1466const opDeleteLogSubscription = "DeleteLogSubscription" 1467 1468// DeleteLogSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1469// client's request for the DeleteLogSubscription operation. The "output" return 1470// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1471// successfully. 1472// 1473// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1474// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1475// 1476// See DeleteLogSubscription for more information on using the DeleteLogSubscription 1477// API call, and error handling. 1478// 1479// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1480// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1481// 1482// 1483// // Example sending a request using the DeleteLogSubscriptionRequest method. 1484// req, resp := client.DeleteLogSubscriptionRequest(params) 1485// 1486// err := req.Send() 1487// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1488// fmt.Println(resp) 1489// } 1490// 1491// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeleteLogSubscription 1492func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteLogSubscriptionRequest(input *DeleteLogSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteLogSubscriptionOutput) { 1493 op := &request.Operation{ 1494 Name: opDeleteLogSubscription, 1495 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1496 HTTPPath: "/", 1497 } 1498 1499 if input == nil { 1500 input = &DeleteLogSubscriptionInput{} 1501 } 1502 1503 output = &DeleteLogSubscriptionOutput{} 1504 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1505 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 1506 return 1507} 1508 1509// DeleteLogSubscription API operation for AWS Directory Service. 1510// 1511// Deletes the specified log subscription. 1512// 1513// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1514// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1515// the error. 1516// 1517// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 1518// API operation DeleteLogSubscription for usage and error information. 1519// 1520// Returned Error Codes: 1521// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 1522// The specified entity could not be found. 1523// 1524// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 1525// The operation is not supported. 1526// 1527// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 1528// A client exception has occurred. 1529// 1530// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 1531// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 1532// 1533// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeleteLogSubscription 1534func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteLogSubscription(input *DeleteLogSubscriptionInput) (*DeleteLogSubscriptionOutput, error) { 1535 req, out := c.DeleteLogSubscriptionRequest(input) 1536 return out, req.Send() 1537} 1538 1539// DeleteLogSubscriptionWithContext is the same as DeleteLogSubscription with the addition of 1540// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1541// 1542// See DeleteLogSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 1543// 1544// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1545// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1546// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1547// for more information on using Contexts. 1548func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteLogSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteLogSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteLogSubscriptionOutput, error) { 1549 req, out := c.DeleteLogSubscriptionRequest(input) 1550 req.SetContext(ctx) 1551 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1552 return out, req.Send() 1553} 1554 1555const opDeleteSnapshot = "DeleteSnapshot" 1556 1557// DeleteSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1558// client's request for the DeleteSnapshot operation. The "output" return 1559// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1560// successfully. 1561// 1562// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1563// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1564// 1565// See DeleteSnapshot for more information on using the DeleteSnapshot 1566// API call, and error handling. 1567// 1568// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1569// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1570// 1571// 1572// // Example sending a request using the DeleteSnapshotRequest method. 1573// req, resp := client.DeleteSnapshotRequest(params) 1574// 1575// err := req.Send() 1576// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1577// fmt.Println(resp) 1578// } 1579// 1580// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeleteSnapshot 1581func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteSnapshotOutput) { 1582 op := &request.Operation{ 1583 Name: opDeleteSnapshot, 1584 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1585 HTTPPath: "/", 1586 } 1587 1588 if input == nil { 1589 input = &DeleteSnapshotInput{} 1590 } 1591 1592 output = &DeleteSnapshotOutput{} 1593 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1594 return 1595} 1596 1597// DeleteSnapshot API operation for AWS Directory Service. 1598// 1599// Deletes a directory snapshot. 1600// 1601// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1602// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1603// the error. 1604// 1605// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 1606// API operation DeleteSnapshot for usage and error information. 1607// 1608// Returned Error Codes: 1609// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 1610// The specified entity could not be found. 1611// 1612// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 1613// One or more parameters are not valid. 1614// 1615// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 1616// A client exception has occurred. 1617// 1618// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 1619// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 1620// 1621// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeleteSnapshot 1622func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteSnapshot(input *DeleteSnapshotInput) (*DeleteSnapshotOutput, error) { 1623 req, out := c.DeleteSnapshotRequest(input) 1624 return out, req.Send() 1625} 1626 1627// DeleteSnapshotWithContext is the same as DeleteSnapshot with the addition of 1628// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1629// 1630// See DeleteSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 1631// 1632// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1633// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1634// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1635// for more information on using Contexts. 1636func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteSnapshotOutput, error) { 1637 req, out := c.DeleteSnapshotRequest(input) 1638 req.SetContext(ctx) 1639 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1640 return out, req.Send() 1641} 1642 1643const opDeleteTrust = "DeleteTrust" 1644 1645// DeleteTrustRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1646// client's request for the DeleteTrust operation. The "output" return 1647// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1648// successfully. 1649// 1650// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1651// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1652// 1653// See DeleteTrust for more information on using the DeleteTrust 1654// API call, and error handling. 1655// 1656// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1657// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1658// 1659// 1660// // Example sending a request using the DeleteTrustRequest method. 1661// req, resp := client.DeleteTrustRequest(params) 1662// 1663// err := req.Send() 1664// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1665// fmt.Println(resp) 1666// } 1667// 1668// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeleteTrust 1669func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteTrustRequest(input *DeleteTrustInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTrustOutput) { 1670 op := &request.Operation{ 1671 Name: opDeleteTrust, 1672 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1673 HTTPPath: "/", 1674 } 1675 1676 if input == nil { 1677 input = &DeleteTrustInput{} 1678 } 1679 1680 output = &DeleteTrustOutput{} 1681 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1682 return 1683} 1684 1685// DeleteTrust API operation for AWS Directory Service. 1686// 1687// Deletes an existing trust relationship between your AWS Managed Microsoft 1688// AD directory and an external domain. 1689// 1690// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1691// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1692// the error. 1693// 1694// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 1695// API operation DeleteTrust for usage and error information. 1696// 1697// Returned Error Codes: 1698// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 1699// The specified entity could not be found. 1700// 1701// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 1702// One or more parameters are not valid. 1703// 1704// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 1705// A client exception has occurred. 1706// 1707// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 1708// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 1709// 1710// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 1711// The operation is not supported. 1712// 1713// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeleteTrust 1714func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteTrust(input *DeleteTrustInput) (*DeleteTrustOutput, error) { 1715 req, out := c.DeleteTrustRequest(input) 1716 return out, req.Send() 1717} 1718 1719// DeleteTrustWithContext is the same as DeleteTrust with the addition of 1720// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1721// 1722// See DeleteTrust for details on how to use this API operation. 1723// 1724// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1725// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1726// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1727// for more information on using Contexts. 1728func (c *DirectoryService) DeleteTrustWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTrustInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTrustOutput, error) { 1729 req, out := c.DeleteTrustRequest(input) 1730 req.SetContext(ctx) 1731 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1732 return out, req.Send() 1733} 1734 1735const opDeregisterCertificate = "DeregisterCertificate" 1736 1737// DeregisterCertificateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1738// client's request for the DeregisterCertificate operation. The "output" return 1739// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1740// successfully. 1741// 1742// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1743// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1744// 1745// See DeregisterCertificate for more information on using the DeregisterCertificate 1746// API call, and error handling. 1747// 1748// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1749// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1750// 1751// 1752// // Example sending a request using the DeregisterCertificateRequest method. 1753// req, resp := client.DeregisterCertificateRequest(params) 1754// 1755// err := req.Send() 1756// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1757// fmt.Println(resp) 1758// } 1759// 1760// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeregisterCertificate 1761func (c *DirectoryService) DeregisterCertificateRequest(input *DeregisterCertificateInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeregisterCertificateOutput) { 1762 op := &request.Operation{ 1763 Name: opDeregisterCertificate, 1764 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1765 HTTPPath: "/", 1766 } 1767 1768 if input == nil { 1769 input = &DeregisterCertificateInput{} 1770 } 1771 1772 output = &DeregisterCertificateOutput{} 1773 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1774 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 1775 return 1776} 1777 1778// DeregisterCertificate API operation for AWS Directory Service. 1779// 1780// Deletes from the system the certificate that was registered for a secured 1781// LDAP connection. 1782// 1783// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1784// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1785// the error. 1786// 1787// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 1788// API operation DeregisterCertificate for usage and error information. 1789// 1790// Returned Error Codes: 1791// * ErrCodeDirectoryUnavailableException "DirectoryUnavailableException" 1792// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. 1793// 1794// * ErrCodeDirectoryDoesNotExistException "DirectoryDoesNotExistException" 1795// The specified directory does not exist in the system. 1796// 1797// * ErrCodeCertificateDoesNotExistException "CertificateDoesNotExistException" 1798// The certificate is not present in the system for describe or deregister activities. 1799// 1800// * ErrCodeCertificateInUseException "CertificateInUseException" 1801// The certificate is being used for the LDAP security connection and cannot 1802// be removed without disabling LDAP security. 1803// 1804// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 1805// The operation is not supported. 1806// 1807// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 1808// One or more parameters are not valid. 1809// 1810// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 1811// A client exception has occurred. 1812// 1813// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 1814// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 1815// 1816// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeregisterCertificate 1817func (c *DirectoryService) DeregisterCertificate(input *DeregisterCertificateInput) (*DeregisterCertificateOutput, error) { 1818 req, out := c.DeregisterCertificateRequest(input) 1819 return out, req.Send() 1820} 1821 1822// DeregisterCertificateWithContext is the same as DeregisterCertificate with the addition of 1823// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1824// 1825// See DeregisterCertificate for details on how to use this API operation. 1826// 1827// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1828// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1829// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1830// for more information on using Contexts. 1831func (c *DirectoryService) DeregisterCertificateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeregisterCertificateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeregisterCertificateOutput, error) { 1832 req, out := c.DeregisterCertificateRequest(input) 1833 req.SetContext(ctx) 1834 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1835 return out, req.Send() 1836} 1837 1838const opDeregisterEventTopic = "DeregisterEventTopic" 1839 1840// DeregisterEventTopicRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1841// client's request for the DeregisterEventTopic operation. The "output" return 1842// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1843// successfully. 1844// 1845// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1846// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1847// 1848// See DeregisterEventTopic for more information on using the DeregisterEventTopic 1849// API call, and error handling. 1850// 1851// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1852// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1853// 1854// 1855// // Example sending a request using the DeregisterEventTopicRequest method. 1856// req, resp := client.DeregisterEventTopicRequest(params) 1857// 1858// err := req.Send() 1859// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1860// fmt.Println(resp) 1861// } 1862// 1863// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeregisterEventTopic 1864func (c *DirectoryService) DeregisterEventTopicRequest(input *DeregisterEventTopicInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeregisterEventTopicOutput) { 1865 op := &request.Operation{ 1866 Name: opDeregisterEventTopic, 1867 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1868 HTTPPath: "/", 1869 } 1870 1871 if input == nil { 1872 input = &DeregisterEventTopicInput{} 1873 } 1874 1875 output = &DeregisterEventTopicOutput{} 1876 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1877 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 1878 return 1879} 1880 1881// DeregisterEventTopic API operation for AWS Directory Service. 1882// 1883// Removes the specified directory as a publisher to the specified SNS topic. 1884// 1885// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1886// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1887// the error. 1888// 1889// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 1890// API operation DeregisterEventTopic for usage and error information. 1891// 1892// Returned Error Codes: 1893// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 1894// The specified entity could not be found. 1895// 1896// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 1897// One or more parameters are not valid. 1898// 1899// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 1900// A client exception has occurred. 1901// 1902// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 1903// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 1904// 1905// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DeregisterEventTopic 1906func (c *DirectoryService) DeregisterEventTopic(input *DeregisterEventTopicInput) (*DeregisterEventTopicOutput, error) { 1907 req, out := c.DeregisterEventTopicRequest(input) 1908 return out, req.Send() 1909} 1910 1911// DeregisterEventTopicWithContext is the same as DeregisterEventTopic with the addition of 1912// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1913// 1914// See DeregisterEventTopic for details on how to use this API operation. 1915// 1916// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1917// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1918// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1919// for more information on using Contexts. 1920func (c *DirectoryService) DeregisterEventTopicWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeregisterEventTopicInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeregisterEventTopicOutput, error) { 1921 req, out := c.DeregisterEventTopicRequest(input) 1922 req.SetContext(ctx) 1923 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1924 return out, req.Send() 1925} 1926 1927const opDescribeCertificate = "DescribeCertificate" 1928 1929// DescribeCertificateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1930// client's request for the DescribeCertificate operation. The "output" return 1931// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1932// successfully. 1933// 1934// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1935// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1936// 1937// See DescribeCertificate for more information on using the DescribeCertificate 1938// API call, and error handling. 1939// 1940// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1941// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1942// 1943// 1944// // Example sending a request using the DescribeCertificateRequest method. 1945// req, resp := client.DescribeCertificateRequest(params) 1946// 1947// err := req.Send() 1948// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1949// fmt.Println(resp) 1950// } 1951// 1952// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeCertificate 1953func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeCertificateRequest(input *DescribeCertificateInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeCertificateOutput) { 1954 op := &request.Operation{ 1955 Name: opDescribeCertificate, 1956 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1957 HTTPPath: "/", 1958 } 1959 1960 if input == nil { 1961 input = &DescribeCertificateInput{} 1962 } 1963 1964 output = &DescribeCertificateOutput{} 1965 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1966 return 1967} 1968 1969// DescribeCertificate API operation for AWS Directory Service. 1970// 1971// Displays information about the certificate registered for a secured LDAP 1972// connection. 1973// 1974// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1975// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1976// the error. 1977// 1978// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 1979// API operation DescribeCertificate for usage and error information. 1980// 1981// Returned Error Codes: 1982// * ErrCodeDirectoryDoesNotExistException "DirectoryDoesNotExistException" 1983// The specified directory does not exist in the system. 1984// 1985// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 1986// The operation is not supported. 1987// 1988// * ErrCodeCertificateDoesNotExistException "CertificateDoesNotExistException" 1989// The certificate is not present in the system for describe or deregister activities. 1990// 1991// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 1992// One or more parameters are not valid. 1993// 1994// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 1995// A client exception has occurred. 1996// 1997// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 1998// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 1999// 2000// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeCertificate 2001func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeCertificate(input *DescribeCertificateInput) (*DescribeCertificateOutput, error) { 2002 req, out := c.DescribeCertificateRequest(input) 2003 return out, req.Send() 2004} 2005 2006// DescribeCertificateWithContext is the same as DescribeCertificate with the addition of 2007// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2008// 2009// See DescribeCertificate for details on how to use this API operation. 2010// 2011// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2012// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2013// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2014// for more information on using Contexts. 2015func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeCertificateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeCertificateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeCertificateOutput, error) { 2016 req, out := c.DescribeCertificateRequest(input) 2017 req.SetContext(ctx) 2018 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2019 return out, req.Send() 2020} 2021 2022const opDescribeConditionalForwarders = "DescribeConditionalForwarders" 2023 2024// DescribeConditionalForwardersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2025// client's request for the DescribeConditionalForwarders operation. The "output" return 2026// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2027// successfully. 2028// 2029// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2030// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2031// 2032// See DescribeConditionalForwarders for more information on using the DescribeConditionalForwarders 2033// API call, and error handling. 2034// 2035// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2036// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2037// 2038// 2039// // Example sending a request using the DescribeConditionalForwardersRequest method. 2040// req, resp := client.DescribeConditionalForwardersRequest(params) 2041// 2042// err := req.Send() 2043// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2044// fmt.Println(resp) 2045// } 2046// 2047// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeConditionalForwarders 2048func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeConditionalForwardersRequest(input *DescribeConditionalForwardersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput) { 2049 op := &request.Operation{ 2050 Name: opDescribeConditionalForwarders, 2051 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2052 HTTPPath: "/", 2053 } 2054 2055 if input == nil { 2056 input = &DescribeConditionalForwardersInput{} 2057 } 2058 2059 output = &DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput{} 2060 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2061 return 2062} 2063 2064// DescribeConditionalForwarders API operation for AWS Directory Service. 2065// 2066// Obtains information about the conditional forwarders for this account. 2067// 2068// If no input parameters are provided for RemoteDomainNames, this request describes 2069// all conditional forwarders for the specified directory ID. 2070// 2071// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2072// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2073// the error. 2074// 2075// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 2076// API operation DescribeConditionalForwarders for usage and error information. 2077// 2078// Returned Error Codes: 2079// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 2080// The specified entity could not be found. 2081// 2082// * ErrCodeDirectoryUnavailableException "DirectoryUnavailableException" 2083// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. 2084// 2085// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 2086// One or more parameters are not valid. 2087// 2088// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 2089// The operation is not supported. 2090// 2091// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 2092// A client exception has occurred. 2093// 2094// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 2095// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 2096// 2097// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeConditionalForwarders 2098func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeConditionalForwarders(input *DescribeConditionalForwardersInput) (*DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput, error) { 2099 req, out := c.DescribeConditionalForwardersRequest(input) 2100 return out, req.Send() 2101} 2102 2103// DescribeConditionalForwardersWithContext is the same as DescribeConditionalForwarders with the addition of 2104// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2105// 2106// See DescribeConditionalForwarders for details on how to use this API operation. 2107// 2108// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2109// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2110// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2111// for more information on using Contexts. 2112func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeConditionalForwardersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeConditionalForwardersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput, error) { 2113 req, out := c.DescribeConditionalForwardersRequest(input) 2114 req.SetContext(ctx) 2115 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2116 return out, req.Send() 2117} 2118 2119const opDescribeDirectories = "DescribeDirectories" 2120 2121// DescribeDirectoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2122// client's request for the DescribeDirectories operation. The "output" return 2123// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2124// successfully. 2125// 2126// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2127// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2128// 2129// See DescribeDirectories for more information on using the DescribeDirectories 2130// API call, and error handling. 2131// 2132// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2133// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2134// 2135// 2136// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDirectoriesRequest method. 2137// req, resp := client.DescribeDirectoriesRequest(params) 2138// 2139// err := req.Send() 2140// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2141// fmt.Println(resp) 2142// } 2143// 2144// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeDirectories 2145func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDirectoriesRequest(input *DescribeDirectoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDirectoriesOutput) { 2146 op := &request.Operation{ 2147 Name: opDescribeDirectories, 2148 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2149 HTTPPath: "/", 2150 } 2151 2152 if input == nil { 2153 input = &DescribeDirectoriesInput{} 2154 } 2155 2156 output = &DescribeDirectoriesOutput{} 2157 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2158 return 2159} 2160 2161// DescribeDirectories API operation for AWS Directory Service. 2162// 2163// Obtains information about the directories that belong to this account. 2164// 2165// You can retrieve information about specific directories by passing the directory 2166// identifiers in the DirectoryIds parameter. Otherwise, all directories that 2167// belong to the current account are returned. 2168// 2169// This operation supports pagination with the use of the NextToken request 2170// and response parameters. If more results are available, the DescribeDirectoriesResult.NextToken 2171// member contains a token that you pass in the next call to DescribeDirectories 2172// to retrieve the next set of items. 2173// 2174// You can also specify a maximum number of return results with the Limit parameter. 2175// 2176// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2177// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2178// the error. 2179// 2180// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 2181// API operation DescribeDirectories for usage and error information. 2182// 2183// Returned Error Codes: 2184// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 2185// The specified entity could not be found. 2186// 2187// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 2188// One or more parameters are not valid. 2189// 2190// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException" 2191// The NextToken value is not valid. 2192// 2193// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 2194// A client exception has occurred. 2195// 2196// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 2197// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 2198// 2199// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeDirectories 2200func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDirectories(input *DescribeDirectoriesInput) (*DescribeDirectoriesOutput, error) { 2201 req, out := c.DescribeDirectoriesRequest(input) 2202 return out, req.Send() 2203} 2204 2205// DescribeDirectoriesWithContext is the same as DescribeDirectories with the addition of 2206// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2207// 2208// See DescribeDirectories for details on how to use this API operation. 2209// 2210// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2211// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2212// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2213// for more information on using Contexts. 2214func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDirectoriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDirectoriesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDirectoriesOutput, error) { 2215 req, out := c.DescribeDirectoriesRequest(input) 2216 req.SetContext(ctx) 2217 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2218 return out, req.Send() 2219} 2220 2221const opDescribeDomainControllers = "DescribeDomainControllers" 2222 2223// DescribeDomainControllersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2224// client's request for the DescribeDomainControllers operation. The "output" return 2225// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2226// successfully. 2227// 2228// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2229// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2230// 2231// See DescribeDomainControllers for more information on using the DescribeDomainControllers 2232// API call, and error handling. 2233// 2234// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2235// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2236// 2237// 2238// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDomainControllersRequest method. 2239// req, resp := client.DescribeDomainControllersRequest(params) 2240// 2241// err := req.Send() 2242// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2243// fmt.Println(resp) 2244// } 2245// 2246// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeDomainControllers 2247func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDomainControllersRequest(input *DescribeDomainControllersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDomainControllersOutput) { 2248 op := &request.Operation{ 2249 Name: opDescribeDomainControllers, 2250 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2251 HTTPPath: "/", 2252 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2253 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2254 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2255 LimitToken: "Limit", 2256 TruncationToken: "", 2257 }, 2258 } 2259 2260 if input == nil { 2261 input = &DescribeDomainControllersInput{} 2262 } 2263 2264 output = &DescribeDomainControllersOutput{} 2265 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2266 return 2267} 2268 2269// DescribeDomainControllers API operation for AWS Directory Service. 2270// 2271// Provides information about any domain controllers in your directory. 2272// 2273// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2274// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2275// the error. 2276// 2277// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 2278// API operation DescribeDomainControllers for usage and error information. 2279// 2280// Returned Error Codes: 2281// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 2282// The specified entity could not be found. 2283// 2284// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException" 2285// The NextToken value is not valid. 2286// 2287// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 2288// One or more parameters are not valid. 2289// 2290// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 2291// A client exception has occurred. 2292// 2293// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 2294// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 2295// 2296// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 2297// The operation is not supported. 2298// 2299// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeDomainControllers 2300func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDomainControllers(input *DescribeDomainControllersInput) (*DescribeDomainControllersOutput, error) { 2301 req, out := c.DescribeDomainControllersRequest(input) 2302 return out, req.Send() 2303} 2304 2305// DescribeDomainControllersWithContext is the same as DescribeDomainControllers with the addition of 2306// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2307// 2308// See DescribeDomainControllers for details on how to use this API operation. 2309// 2310// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2311// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2312// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2313// for more information on using Contexts. 2314func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDomainControllersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDomainControllersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDomainControllersOutput, error) { 2315 req, out := c.DescribeDomainControllersRequest(input) 2316 req.SetContext(ctx) 2317 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2318 return out, req.Send() 2319} 2320 2321// DescribeDomainControllersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDomainControllers operation, 2322// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 2323// iterating, return false from the fn function. 2324// 2325// See DescribeDomainControllers method for more information on how to use this operation. 2326// 2327// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 2328// 2329// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDomainControllers operation. 2330// pageNum := 0 2331// err := client.DescribeDomainControllersPages(params, 2332// func(page *directoryservice.DescribeDomainControllersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 2333// pageNum++ 2334// fmt.Println(page) 2335// return pageNum <= 3 2336// }) 2337// 2338func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDomainControllersPages(input *DescribeDomainControllersInput, fn func(*DescribeDomainControllersOutput, bool) bool) error { 2339 return c.DescribeDomainControllersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 2340} 2341 2342// DescribeDomainControllersPagesWithContext same as DescribeDomainControllersPages except 2343// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 2344// 2345// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2346// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2347// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2348// for more information on using Contexts. 2349func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDomainControllersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDomainControllersInput, fn func(*DescribeDomainControllersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 2350 p := request.Pagination{ 2351 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 2352 var inCpy *DescribeDomainControllersInput 2353 if input != nil { 2354 tmp := *input 2355 inCpy = &tmp 2356 } 2357 req, _ := c.DescribeDomainControllersRequest(inCpy) 2358 req.SetContext(ctx) 2359 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2360 return req, nil 2361 }, 2362 } 2363 2364 for p.Next() { 2365 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDomainControllersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 2366 break 2367 } 2368 } 2369 2370 return p.Err() 2371} 2372 2373const opDescribeEventTopics = "DescribeEventTopics" 2374 2375// DescribeEventTopicsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2376// client's request for the DescribeEventTopics operation. The "output" return 2377// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2378// successfully. 2379// 2380// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2381// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2382// 2383// See DescribeEventTopics for more information on using the DescribeEventTopics 2384// API call, and error handling. 2385// 2386// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2387// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2388// 2389// 2390// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventTopicsRequest method. 2391// req, resp := client.DescribeEventTopicsRequest(params) 2392// 2393// err := req.Send() 2394// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2395// fmt.Println(resp) 2396// } 2397// 2398// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeEventTopics 2399func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeEventTopicsRequest(input *DescribeEventTopicsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventTopicsOutput) { 2400 op := &request.Operation{ 2401 Name: opDescribeEventTopics, 2402 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2403 HTTPPath: "/", 2404 } 2405 2406 if input == nil { 2407 input = &DescribeEventTopicsInput{} 2408 } 2409 2410 output = &DescribeEventTopicsOutput{} 2411 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2412 return 2413} 2414 2415// DescribeEventTopics API operation for AWS Directory Service. 2416// 2417// Obtains information about which SNS topics receive status messages from the 2418// specified directory. 2419// 2420// If no input parameters are provided, such as DirectoryId or TopicName, this 2421// request describes all of the associations in the account. 2422// 2423// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2424// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2425// the error. 2426// 2427// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 2428// API operation DescribeEventTopics for usage and error information. 2429// 2430// Returned Error Codes: 2431// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 2432// The specified entity could not be found. 2433// 2434// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 2435// One or more parameters are not valid. 2436// 2437// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 2438// A client exception has occurred. 2439// 2440// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 2441// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 2442// 2443// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeEventTopics 2444func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeEventTopics(input *DescribeEventTopicsInput) (*DescribeEventTopicsOutput, error) { 2445 req, out := c.DescribeEventTopicsRequest(input) 2446 return out, req.Send() 2447} 2448 2449// DescribeEventTopicsWithContext is the same as DescribeEventTopics with the addition of 2450// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2451// 2452// See DescribeEventTopics for details on how to use this API operation. 2453// 2454// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2455// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2456// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2457// for more information on using Contexts. 2458func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeEventTopicsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventTopicsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventTopicsOutput, error) { 2459 req, out := c.DescribeEventTopicsRequest(input) 2460 req.SetContext(ctx) 2461 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2462 return out, req.Send() 2463} 2464 2465const opDescribeLDAPSSettings = "DescribeLDAPSSettings" 2466 2467// DescribeLDAPSSettingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2468// client's request for the DescribeLDAPSSettings operation. The "output" return 2469// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2470// successfully. 2471// 2472// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2473// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2474// 2475// See DescribeLDAPSSettings for more information on using the DescribeLDAPSSettings 2476// API call, and error handling. 2477// 2478// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2479// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2480// 2481// 2482// // Example sending a request using the DescribeLDAPSSettingsRequest method. 2483// req, resp := client.DescribeLDAPSSettingsRequest(params) 2484// 2485// err := req.Send() 2486// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2487// fmt.Println(resp) 2488// } 2489// 2490// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeLDAPSSettings 2491func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeLDAPSSettingsRequest(input *DescribeLDAPSSettingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeLDAPSSettingsOutput) { 2492 op := &request.Operation{ 2493 Name: opDescribeLDAPSSettings, 2494 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2495 HTTPPath: "/", 2496 } 2497 2498 if input == nil { 2499 input = &DescribeLDAPSSettingsInput{} 2500 } 2501 2502 output = &DescribeLDAPSSettingsOutput{} 2503 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2504 return 2505} 2506 2507// DescribeLDAPSSettings API operation for AWS Directory Service. 2508// 2509// Describes the status of LDAP security for the specified directory. 2510// 2511// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2512// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2513// the error. 2514// 2515// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 2516// API operation DescribeLDAPSSettings for usage and error information. 2517// 2518// Returned Error Codes: 2519// * ErrCodeDirectoryDoesNotExistException "DirectoryDoesNotExistException" 2520// The specified directory does not exist in the system. 2521// 2522// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 2523// The operation is not supported. 2524// 2525// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException" 2526// The NextToken value is not valid. 2527// 2528// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 2529// One or more parameters are not valid. 2530// 2531// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 2532// A client exception has occurred. 2533// 2534// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 2535// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 2536// 2537// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeLDAPSSettings 2538func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeLDAPSSettings(input *DescribeLDAPSSettingsInput) (*DescribeLDAPSSettingsOutput, error) { 2539 req, out := c.DescribeLDAPSSettingsRequest(input) 2540 return out, req.Send() 2541} 2542 2543// DescribeLDAPSSettingsWithContext is the same as DescribeLDAPSSettings with the addition of 2544// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2545// 2546// See DescribeLDAPSSettings for details on how to use this API operation. 2547// 2548// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2549// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2550// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2551// for more information on using Contexts. 2552func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeLDAPSSettingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeLDAPSSettingsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeLDAPSSettingsOutput, error) { 2553 req, out := c.DescribeLDAPSSettingsRequest(input) 2554 req.SetContext(ctx) 2555 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2556 return out, req.Send() 2557} 2558 2559const opDescribeSharedDirectories = "DescribeSharedDirectories" 2560 2561// DescribeSharedDirectoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2562// client's request for the DescribeSharedDirectories operation. The "output" return 2563// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2564// successfully. 2565// 2566// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2567// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2568// 2569// See DescribeSharedDirectories for more information on using the DescribeSharedDirectories 2570// API call, and error handling. 2571// 2572// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2573// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2574// 2575// 2576// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSharedDirectoriesRequest method. 2577// req, resp := client.DescribeSharedDirectoriesRequest(params) 2578// 2579// err := req.Send() 2580// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2581// fmt.Println(resp) 2582// } 2583// 2584// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeSharedDirectories 2585func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSharedDirectoriesRequest(input *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput) { 2586 op := &request.Operation{ 2587 Name: opDescribeSharedDirectories, 2588 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2589 HTTPPath: "/", 2590 } 2591 2592 if input == nil { 2593 input = &DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput{} 2594 } 2595 2596 output = &DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput{} 2597 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2598 return 2599} 2600 2601// DescribeSharedDirectories API operation for AWS Directory Service. 2602// 2603// Returns the shared directories in your account. 2604// 2605// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2606// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2607// the error. 2608// 2609// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 2610// API operation DescribeSharedDirectories for usage and error information. 2611// 2612// Returned Error Codes: 2613// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 2614// The specified entity could not be found. 2615// 2616// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException" 2617// The NextToken value is not valid. 2618// 2619// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 2620// One or more parameters are not valid. 2621// 2622// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 2623// The operation is not supported. 2624// 2625// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 2626// A client exception has occurred. 2627// 2628// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 2629// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 2630// 2631// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeSharedDirectories 2632func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSharedDirectories(input *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput) (*DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput, error) { 2633 req, out := c.DescribeSharedDirectoriesRequest(input) 2634 return out, req.Send() 2635} 2636 2637// DescribeSharedDirectoriesWithContext is the same as DescribeSharedDirectories with the addition of 2638// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2639// 2640// See DescribeSharedDirectories for details on how to use this API operation. 2641// 2642// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2643// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2644// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2645// for more information on using Contexts. 2646func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSharedDirectoriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput, error) { 2647 req, out := c.DescribeSharedDirectoriesRequest(input) 2648 req.SetContext(ctx) 2649 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2650 return out, req.Send() 2651} 2652 2653const opDescribeSnapshots = "DescribeSnapshots" 2654 2655// DescribeSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2656// client's request for the DescribeSnapshots operation. The "output" return 2657// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2658// successfully. 2659// 2660// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2661// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2662// 2663// See DescribeSnapshots for more information on using the DescribeSnapshots 2664// API call, and error handling. 2665// 2666// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2667// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2668// 2669// 2670// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSnapshotsRequest method. 2671// req, resp := client.DescribeSnapshotsRequest(params) 2672// 2673// err := req.Send() 2674// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2675// fmt.Println(resp) 2676// } 2677// 2678// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeSnapshots 2679func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSnapshotsOutput) { 2680 op := &request.Operation{ 2681 Name: opDescribeSnapshots, 2682 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2683 HTTPPath: "/", 2684 } 2685 2686 if input == nil { 2687 input = &DescribeSnapshotsInput{} 2688 } 2689 2690 output = &DescribeSnapshotsOutput{} 2691 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2692 return 2693} 2694 2695// DescribeSnapshots API operation for AWS Directory Service. 2696// 2697// Obtains information about the directory snapshots that belong to this account. 2698// 2699// This operation supports pagination with the use of the NextToken request 2700// and response parameters. If more results are available, the DescribeSnapshots.NextToken 2701// member contains a token that you pass in the next call to DescribeSnapshots 2702// to retrieve the next set of items. 2703// 2704// You can also specify a maximum number of return results with the Limit parameter. 2705// 2706// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2707// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2708// the error. 2709// 2710// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 2711// API operation DescribeSnapshots for usage and error information. 2712// 2713// Returned Error Codes: 2714// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 2715// The specified entity could not be found. 2716// 2717// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 2718// One or more parameters are not valid. 2719// 2720// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException" 2721// The NextToken value is not valid. 2722// 2723// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 2724// A client exception has occurred. 2725// 2726// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 2727// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 2728// 2729// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeSnapshots 2730func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSnapshots(input *DescribeSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeSnapshotsOutput, error) { 2731 req, out := c.DescribeSnapshotsRequest(input) 2732 return out, req.Send() 2733} 2734 2735// DescribeSnapshotsWithContext is the same as DescribeSnapshots with the addition of 2736// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2737// 2738// See DescribeSnapshots for details on how to use this API operation. 2739// 2740// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2741// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2742// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2743// for more information on using Contexts. 2744func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSnapshotsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSnapshotsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSnapshotsOutput, error) { 2745 req, out := c.DescribeSnapshotsRequest(input) 2746 req.SetContext(ctx) 2747 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2748 return out, req.Send() 2749} 2750 2751const opDescribeTrusts = "DescribeTrusts" 2752 2753// DescribeTrustsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2754// client's request for the DescribeTrusts operation. The "output" return 2755// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2756// successfully. 2757// 2758// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2759// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2760// 2761// See DescribeTrusts for more information on using the DescribeTrusts 2762// API call, and error handling. 2763// 2764// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2765// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2766// 2767// 2768// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTrustsRequest method. 2769// req, resp := client.DescribeTrustsRequest(params) 2770// 2771// err := req.Send() 2772// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2773// fmt.Println(resp) 2774// } 2775// 2776// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeTrusts 2777func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeTrustsRequest(input *DescribeTrustsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTrustsOutput) { 2778 op := &request.Operation{ 2779 Name: opDescribeTrusts, 2780 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2781 HTTPPath: "/", 2782 } 2783 2784 if input == nil { 2785 input = &DescribeTrustsInput{} 2786 } 2787 2788 output = &DescribeTrustsOutput{} 2789 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2790 return 2791} 2792 2793// DescribeTrusts API operation for AWS Directory Service. 2794// 2795// Obtains information about the trust relationships for this account. 2796// 2797// If no input parameters are provided, such as DirectoryId or TrustIds, this 2798// request describes all the trust relationships belonging to the account. 2799// 2800// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2801// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2802// the error. 2803// 2804// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 2805// API operation DescribeTrusts for usage and error information. 2806// 2807// Returned Error Codes: 2808// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 2809// The specified entity could not be found. 2810// 2811// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException" 2812// The NextToken value is not valid. 2813// 2814// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 2815// One or more parameters are not valid. 2816// 2817// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 2818// A client exception has occurred. 2819// 2820// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 2821// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 2822// 2823// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 2824// The operation is not supported. 2825// 2826// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeTrusts 2827func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeTrusts(input *DescribeTrustsInput) (*DescribeTrustsOutput, error) { 2828 req, out := c.DescribeTrustsRequest(input) 2829 return out, req.Send() 2830} 2831 2832// DescribeTrustsWithContext is the same as DescribeTrusts with the addition of 2833// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2834// 2835// See DescribeTrusts for details on how to use this API operation. 2836// 2837// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2838// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2839// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2840// for more information on using Contexts. 2841func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeTrustsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTrustsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeTrustsOutput, error) { 2842 req, out := c.DescribeTrustsRequest(input) 2843 req.SetContext(ctx) 2844 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2845 return out, req.Send() 2846} 2847 2848const opDisableLDAPS = "DisableLDAPS" 2849 2850// DisableLDAPSRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2851// client's request for the DisableLDAPS operation. The "output" return 2852// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2853// successfully. 2854// 2855// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2856// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2857// 2858// See DisableLDAPS for more information on using the DisableLDAPS 2859// API call, and error handling. 2860// 2861// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2862// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2863// 2864// 2865// // Example sending a request using the DisableLDAPSRequest method. 2866// req, resp := client.DisableLDAPSRequest(params) 2867// 2868// err := req.Send() 2869// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2870// fmt.Println(resp) 2871// } 2872// 2873// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DisableLDAPS 2874func (c *DirectoryService) DisableLDAPSRequest(input *DisableLDAPSInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisableLDAPSOutput) { 2875 op := &request.Operation{ 2876 Name: opDisableLDAPS, 2877 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2878 HTTPPath: "/", 2879 } 2880 2881 if input == nil { 2882 input = &DisableLDAPSInput{} 2883 } 2884 2885 output = &DisableLDAPSOutput{} 2886 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2887 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 2888 return 2889} 2890 2891// DisableLDAPS API operation for AWS Directory Service. 2892// 2893// Deactivates LDAP secure calls for the specified directory. 2894// 2895// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2896// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2897// the error. 2898// 2899// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 2900// API operation DisableLDAPS for usage and error information. 2901// 2902// Returned Error Codes: 2903// * ErrCodeDirectoryUnavailableException "DirectoryUnavailableException" 2904// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. 2905// 2906// * ErrCodeDirectoryDoesNotExistException "DirectoryDoesNotExistException" 2907// The specified directory does not exist in the system. 2908// 2909// * ErrCodeInvalidLDAPSStatusException "InvalidLDAPSStatusException" 2910// The LDAP activities could not be performed because they are limited by the 2911// LDAPS status. 2912// 2913// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 2914// The operation is not supported. 2915// 2916// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 2917// One or more parameters are not valid. 2918// 2919// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 2920// A client exception has occurred. 2921// 2922// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 2923// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 2924// 2925// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DisableLDAPS 2926func (c *DirectoryService) DisableLDAPS(input *DisableLDAPSInput) (*DisableLDAPSOutput, error) { 2927 req, out := c.DisableLDAPSRequest(input) 2928 return out, req.Send() 2929} 2930 2931// DisableLDAPSWithContext is the same as DisableLDAPS with the addition of 2932// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2933// 2934// See DisableLDAPS for details on how to use this API operation. 2935// 2936// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2937// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2938// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2939// for more information on using Contexts. 2940func (c *DirectoryService) DisableLDAPSWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisableLDAPSInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisableLDAPSOutput, error) { 2941 req, out := c.DisableLDAPSRequest(input) 2942 req.SetContext(ctx) 2943 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2944 return out, req.Send() 2945} 2946 2947const opDisableRadius = "DisableRadius" 2948 2949// DisableRadiusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2950// client's request for the DisableRadius operation. The "output" return 2951// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2952// successfully. 2953// 2954// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2955// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2956// 2957// See DisableRadius for more information on using the DisableRadius 2958// API call, and error handling. 2959// 2960// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2961// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2962// 2963// 2964// // Example sending a request using the DisableRadiusRequest method. 2965// req, resp := client.DisableRadiusRequest(params) 2966// 2967// err := req.Send() 2968// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2969// fmt.Println(resp) 2970// } 2971// 2972// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DisableRadius 2973func (c *DirectoryService) DisableRadiusRequest(input *DisableRadiusInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisableRadiusOutput) { 2974 op := &request.Operation{ 2975 Name: opDisableRadius, 2976 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2977 HTTPPath: "/", 2978 } 2979 2980 if input == nil { 2981 input = &DisableRadiusInput{} 2982 } 2983 2984 output = &DisableRadiusOutput{} 2985 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2986 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 2987 return 2988} 2989 2990// DisableRadius API operation for AWS Directory Service. 2991// 2992// Disables multi-factor authentication (MFA) with the Remote Authentication 2993// Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server for an AD Connector or Microsoft AD 2994// directory. 2995// 2996// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2997// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2998// the error. 2999// 3000// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 3001// API operation DisableRadius for usage and error information. 3002// 3003// Returned Error Codes: 3004// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 3005// The specified entity could not be found. 3006// 3007// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 3008// A client exception has occurred. 3009// 3010// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 3011// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 3012// 3013// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DisableRadius 3014func (c *DirectoryService) DisableRadius(input *DisableRadiusInput) (*DisableRadiusOutput, error) { 3015 req, out := c.DisableRadiusRequest(input) 3016 return out, req.Send() 3017} 3018 3019// DisableRadiusWithContext is the same as DisableRadius with the addition of 3020// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3021// 3022// See DisableRadius for details on how to use this API operation. 3023// 3024// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3025// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3026// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3027// for more information on using Contexts. 3028func (c *DirectoryService) DisableRadiusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisableRadiusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisableRadiusOutput, error) { 3029 req, out := c.DisableRadiusRequest(input) 3030 req.SetContext(ctx) 3031 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3032 return out, req.Send() 3033} 3034 3035const opDisableSso = "DisableSso" 3036 3037// DisableSsoRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3038// client's request for the DisableSso operation. The "output" return 3039// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3040// successfully. 3041// 3042// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3043// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3044// 3045// See DisableSso for more information on using the DisableSso 3046// API call, and error handling. 3047// 3048// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3049// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3050// 3051// 3052// // Example sending a request using the DisableSsoRequest method. 3053// req, resp := client.DisableSsoRequest(params) 3054// 3055// err := req.Send() 3056// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3057// fmt.Println(resp) 3058// } 3059// 3060// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DisableSso 3061func (c *DirectoryService) DisableSsoRequest(input *DisableSsoInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisableSsoOutput) { 3062 op := &request.Operation{ 3063 Name: opDisableSso, 3064 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3065 HTTPPath: "/", 3066 } 3067 3068 if input == nil { 3069 input = &DisableSsoInput{} 3070 } 3071 3072 output = &DisableSsoOutput{} 3073 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3074 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 3075 return 3076} 3077 3078// DisableSso API operation for AWS Directory Service. 3079// 3080// Disables single-sign on for a directory. 3081// 3082// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3083// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3084// the error. 3085// 3086// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 3087// API operation DisableSso for usage and error information. 3088// 3089// Returned Error Codes: 3090// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 3091// The specified entity could not be found. 3092// 3093// * ErrCodeInsufficientPermissionsException "InsufficientPermissionsException" 3094// The account does not have sufficient permission to perform the operation. 3095// 3096// * ErrCodeAuthenticationFailedException "AuthenticationFailedException" 3097// An authentication error occurred. 3098// 3099// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 3100// A client exception has occurred. 3101// 3102// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 3103// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 3104// 3105// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DisableSso 3106func (c *DirectoryService) DisableSso(input *DisableSsoInput) (*DisableSsoOutput, error) { 3107 req, out := c.DisableSsoRequest(input) 3108 return out, req.Send() 3109} 3110 3111// DisableSsoWithContext is the same as DisableSso with the addition of 3112// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3113// 3114// See DisableSso for details on how to use this API operation. 3115// 3116// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3117// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3118// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3119// for more information on using Contexts. 3120func (c *DirectoryService) DisableSsoWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisableSsoInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisableSsoOutput, error) { 3121 req, out := c.DisableSsoRequest(input) 3122 req.SetContext(ctx) 3123 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3124 return out, req.Send() 3125} 3126 3127const opEnableLDAPS = "EnableLDAPS" 3128 3129// EnableLDAPSRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3130// client's request for the EnableLDAPS operation. The "output" return 3131// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3132// successfully. 3133// 3134// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3135// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3136// 3137// See EnableLDAPS for more information on using the EnableLDAPS 3138// API call, and error handling. 3139// 3140// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3141// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3142// 3143// 3144// // Example sending a request using the EnableLDAPSRequest method. 3145// req, resp := client.EnableLDAPSRequest(params) 3146// 3147// err := req.Send() 3148// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3149// fmt.Println(resp) 3150// } 3151// 3152// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/EnableLDAPS 3153func (c *DirectoryService) EnableLDAPSRequest(input *EnableLDAPSInput) (req *request.Request, output *EnableLDAPSOutput) { 3154 op := &request.Operation{ 3155 Name: opEnableLDAPS, 3156 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3157 HTTPPath: "/", 3158 } 3159 3160 if input == nil { 3161 input = &EnableLDAPSInput{} 3162 } 3163 3164 output = &EnableLDAPSOutput{} 3165 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3166 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 3167 return 3168} 3169 3170// EnableLDAPS API operation for AWS Directory Service. 3171// 3172// Activates the switch for the specific directory to always use LDAP secure 3173// calls. 3174// 3175// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3176// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3177// the error. 3178// 3179// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 3180// API operation EnableLDAPS for usage and error information. 3181// 3182// Returned Error Codes: 3183// * ErrCodeDirectoryUnavailableException "DirectoryUnavailableException" 3184// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. 3185// 3186// * ErrCodeDirectoryDoesNotExistException "DirectoryDoesNotExistException" 3187// The specified directory does not exist in the system. 3188// 3189// * ErrCodeNoAvailableCertificateException "NoAvailableCertificateException" 3190// The LDAP activities could not be performed because at least one valid certificate 3191// must be registered with the system. 3192// 3193// * ErrCodeInvalidLDAPSStatusException "InvalidLDAPSStatusException" 3194// The LDAP activities could not be performed because they are limited by the 3195// LDAPS status. 3196// 3197// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 3198// The operation is not supported. 3199// 3200// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 3201// One or more parameters are not valid. 3202// 3203// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 3204// A client exception has occurred. 3205// 3206// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 3207// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 3208// 3209// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/EnableLDAPS 3210func (c *DirectoryService) EnableLDAPS(input *EnableLDAPSInput) (*EnableLDAPSOutput, error) { 3211 req, out := c.EnableLDAPSRequest(input) 3212 return out, req.Send() 3213} 3214 3215// EnableLDAPSWithContext is the same as EnableLDAPS with the addition of 3216// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3217// 3218// See EnableLDAPS for details on how to use this API operation. 3219// 3220// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3221// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3222// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3223// for more information on using Contexts. 3224func (c *DirectoryService) EnableLDAPSWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *EnableLDAPSInput, opts ...request.Option) (*EnableLDAPSOutput, error) { 3225 req, out := c.EnableLDAPSRequest(input) 3226 req.SetContext(ctx) 3227 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3228 return out, req.Send() 3229} 3230 3231const opEnableRadius = "EnableRadius" 3232 3233// EnableRadiusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3234// client's request for the EnableRadius operation. The "output" return 3235// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3236// successfully. 3237// 3238// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3239// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3240// 3241// See EnableRadius for more information on using the EnableRadius 3242// API call, and error handling. 3243// 3244// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3245// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3246// 3247// 3248// // Example sending a request using the EnableRadiusRequest method. 3249// req, resp := client.EnableRadiusRequest(params) 3250// 3251// err := req.Send() 3252// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3253// fmt.Println(resp) 3254// } 3255// 3256// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/EnableRadius 3257func (c *DirectoryService) EnableRadiusRequest(input *EnableRadiusInput) (req *request.Request, output *EnableRadiusOutput) { 3258 op := &request.Operation{ 3259 Name: opEnableRadius, 3260 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3261 HTTPPath: "/", 3262 } 3263 3264 if input == nil { 3265 input = &EnableRadiusInput{} 3266 } 3267 3268 output = &EnableRadiusOutput{} 3269 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3270 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 3271 return 3272} 3273 3274// EnableRadius API operation for AWS Directory Service. 3275// 3276// Enables multi-factor authentication (MFA) with the Remote Authentication 3277// Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server for an AD Connector or Microsoft AD 3278// directory. 3279// 3280// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3281// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3282// the error. 3283// 3284// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 3285// API operation EnableRadius for usage and error information. 3286// 3287// Returned Error Codes: 3288// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 3289// One or more parameters are not valid. 3290// 3291// * ErrCodeEntityAlreadyExistsException "EntityAlreadyExistsException" 3292// The specified entity already exists. 3293// 3294// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 3295// The specified entity could not be found. 3296// 3297// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 3298// A client exception has occurred. 3299// 3300// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 3301// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 3302// 3303// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/EnableRadius 3304func (c *DirectoryService) EnableRadius(input *EnableRadiusInput) (*EnableRadiusOutput, error) { 3305 req, out := c.EnableRadiusRequest(input) 3306 return out, req.Send() 3307} 3308 3309// EnableRadiusWithContext is the same as EnableRadius with the addition of 3310// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3311// 3312// See EnableRadius for details on how to use this API operation. 3313// 3314// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3315// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3316// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3317// for more information on using Contexts. 3318func (c *DirectoryService) EnableRadiusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *EnableRadiusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*EnableRadiusOutput, error) { 3319 req, out := c.EnableRadiusRequest(input) 3320 req.SetContext(ctx) 3321 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3322 return out, req.Send() 3323} 3324 3325const opEnableSso = "EnableSso" 3326 3327// EnableSsoRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3328// client's request for the EnableSso operation. The "output" return 3329// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3330// successfully. 3331// 3332// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3333// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3334// 3335// See EnableSso for more information on using the EnableSso 3336// API call, and error handling. 3337// 3338// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3339// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3340// 3341// 3342// // Example sending a request using the EnableSsoRequest method. 3343// req, resp := client.EnableSsoRequest(params) 3344// 3345// err := req.Send() 3346// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3347// fmt.Println(resp) 3348// } 3349// 3350// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/EnableSso 3351func (c *DirectoryService) EnableSsoRequest(input *EnableSsoInput) (req *request.Request, output *EnableSsoOutput) { 3352 op := &request.Operation{ 3353 Name: opEnableSso, 3354 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3355 HTTPPath: "/", 3356 } 3357 3358 if input == nil { 3359 input = &EnableSsoInput{} 3360 } 3361 3362 output = &EnableSsoOutput{} 3363 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3364 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 3365 return 3366} 3367 3368// EnableSso API operation for AWS Directory Service. 3369// 3370// Enables single sign-on for a directory. Single sign-on allows users in your 3371// directory to access certain AWS services from a computer joined to the directory 3372// without having to enter their credentials separately. 3373// 3374// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3375// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3376// the error. 3377// 3378// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 3379// API operation EnableSso for usage and error information. 3380// 3381// Returned Error Codes: 3382// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 3383// The specified entity could not be found. 3384// 3385// * ErrCodeInsufficientPermissionsException "InsufficientPermissionsException" 3386// The account does not have sufficient permission to perform the operation. 3387// 3388// * ErrCodeAuthenticationFailedException "AuthenticationFailedException" 3389// An authentication error occurred. 3390// 3391// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 3392// A client exception has occurred. 3393// 3394// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 3395// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 3396// 3397// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/EnableSso 3398func (c *DirectoryService) EnableSso(input *EnableSsoInput) (*EnableSsoOutput, error) { 3399 req, out := c.EnableSsoRequest(input) 3400 return out, req.Send() 3401} 3402 3403// EnableSsoWithContext is the same as EnableSso with the addition of 3404// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3405// 3406// See EnableSso for details on how to use this API operation. 3407// 3408// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3409// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3410// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3411// for more information on using Contexts. 3412func (c *DirectoryService) EnableSsoWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *EnableSsoInput, opts ...request.Option) (*EnableSsoOutput, error) { 3413 req, out := c.EnableSsoRequest(input) 3414 req.SetContext(ctx) 3415 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3416 return out, req.Send() 3417} 3418 3419const opGetDirectoryLimits = "GetDirectoryLimits" 3420 3421// GetDirectoryLimitsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3422// client's request for the GetDirectoryLimits operation. The "output" return 3423// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3424// successfully. 3425// 3426// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3427// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3428// 3429// See GetDirectoryLimits for more information on using the GetDirectoryLimits 3430// API call, and error handling. 3431// 3432// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3433// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3434// 3435// 3436// // Example sending a request using the GetDirectoryLimitsRequest method. 3437// req, resp := client.GetDirectoryLimitsRequest(params) 3438// 3439// err := req.Send() 3440// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3441// fmt.Println(resp) 3442// } 3443// 3444// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/GetDirectoryLimits 3445func (c *DirectoryService) GetDirectoryLimitsRequest(input *GetDirectoryLimitsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDirectoryLimitsOutput) { 3446 op := &request.Operation{ 3447 Name: opGetDirectoryLimits, 3448 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3449 HTTPPath: "/", 3450 } 3451 3452 if input == nil { 3453 input = &GetDirectoryLimitsInput{} 3454 } 3455 3456 output = &GetDirectoryLimitsOutput{} 3457 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3458 return 3459} 3460 3461// GetDirectoryLimits API operation for AWS Directory Service. 3462// 3463// Obtains directory limit information for the current Region. 3464// 3465// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3466// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3467// the error. 3468// 3469// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 3470// API operation GetDirectoryLimits for usage and error information. 3471// 3472// Returned Error Codes: 3473// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 3474// The specified entity could not be found. 3475// 3476// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 3477// A client exception has occurred. 3478// 3479// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 3480// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 3481// 3482// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/GetDirectoryLimits 3483func (c *DirectoryService) GetDirectoryLimits(input *GetDirectoryLimitsInput) (*GetDirectoryLimitsOutput, error) { 3484 req, out := c.GetDirectoryLimitsRequest(input) 3485 return out, req.Send() 3486} 3487 3488// GetDirectoryLimitsWithContext is the same as GetDirectoryLimits with the addition of 3489// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3490// 3491// See GetDirectoryLimits for details on how to use this API operation. 3492// 3493// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3494// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3495// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3496// for more information on using Contexts. 3497func (c *DirectoryService) GetDirectoryLimitsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDirectoryLimitsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDirectoryLimitsOutput, error) { 3498 req, out := c.GetDirectoryLimitsRequest(input) 3499 req.SetContext(ctx) 3500 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3501 return out, req.Send() 3502} 3503 3504const opGetSnapshotLimits = "GetSnapshotLimits" 3505 3506// GetSnapshotLimitsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3507// client's request for the GetSnapshotLimits operation. The "output" return 3508// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3509// successfully. 3510// 3511// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3512// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3513// 3514// See GetSnapshotLimits for more information on using the GetSnapshotLimits 3515// API call, and error handling. 3516// 3517// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3518// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3519// 3520// 3521// // Example sending a request using the GetSnapshotLimitsRequest method. 3522// req, resp := client.GetSnapshotLimitsRequest(params) 3523// 3524// err := req.Send() 3525// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3526// fmt.Println(resp) 3527// } 3528// 3529// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/GetSnapshotLimits 3530func (c *DirectoryService) GetSnapshotLimitsRequest(input *GetSnapshotLimitsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetSnapshotLimitsOutput) { 3531 op := &request.Operation{ 3532 Name: opGetSnapshotLimits, 3533 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3534 HTTPPath: "/", 3535 } 3536 3537 if input == nil { 3538 input = &GetSnapshotLimitsInput{} 3539 } 3540 3541 output = &GetSnapshotLimitsOutput{} 3542 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3543 return 3544} 3545 3546// GetSnapshotLimits API operation for AWS Directory Service. 3547// 3548// Obtains the manual snapshot limits for a directory. 3549// 3550// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3551// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3552// the error. 3553// 3554// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 3555// API operation GetSnapshotLimits for usage and error information. 3556// 3557// Returned Error Codes: 3558// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 3559// The specified entity could not be found. 3560// 3561// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 3562// A client exception has occurred. 3563// 3564// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 3565// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 3566// 3567// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/GetSnapshotLimits 3568func (c *DirectoryService) GetSnapshotLimits(input *GetSnapshotLimitsInput) (*GetSnapshotLimitsOutput, error) { 3569 req, out := c.GetSnapshotLimitsRequest(input) 3570 return out, req.Send() 3571} 3572 3573// GetSnapshotLimitsWithContext is the same as GetSnapshotLimits with the addition of 3574// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3575// 3576// See GetSnapshotLimits for details on how to use this API operation. 3577// 3578// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3579// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3580// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3581// for more information on using Contexts. 3582func (c *DirectoryService) GetSnapshotLimitsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetSnapshotLimitsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetSnapshotLimitsOutput, error) { 3583 req, out := c.GetSnapshotLimitsRequest(input) 3584 req.SetContext(ctx) 3585 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3586 return out, req.Send() 3587} 3588 3589const opListCertificates = "ListCertificates" 3590 3591// ListCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3592// client's request for the ListCertificates operation. The "output" return 3593// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3594// successfully. 3595// 3596// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3597// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3598// 3599// See ListCertificates for more information on using the ListCertificates 3600// API call, and error handling. 3601// 3602// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3603// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3604// 3605// 3606// // Example sending a request using the ListCertificatesRequest method. 3607// req, resp := client.ListCertificatesRequest(params) 3608// 3609// err := req.Send() 3610// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3611// fmt.Println(resp) 3612// } 3613// 3614// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ListCertificates 3615func (c *DirectoryService) ListCertificatesRequest(input *ListCertificatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListCertificatesOutput) { 3616 op := &request.Operation{ 3617 Name: opListCertificates, 3618 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3619 HTTPPath: "/", 3620 } 3621 3622 if input == nil { 3623 input = &ListCertificatesInput{} 3624 } 3625 3626 output = &ListCertificatesOutput{} 3627 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3628 return 3629} 3630 3631// ListCertificates API operation for AWS Directory Service. 3632// 3633// For the specified directory, lists all the certificates registered for a 3634// secured LDAP connection. 3635// 3636// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3637// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3638// the error. 3639// 3640// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 3641// API operation ListCertificates for usage and error information. 3642// 3643// Returned Error Codes: 3644// * ErrCodeDirectoryDoesNotExistException "DirectoryDoesNotExistException" 3645// The specified directory does not exist in the system. 3646// 3647// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 3648// The operation is not supported. 3649// 3650// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 3651// One or more parameters are not valid. 3652// 3653// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException" 3654// The NextToken value is not valid. 3655// 3656// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 3657// A client exception has occurred. 3658// 3659// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 3660// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 3661// 3662// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ListCertificates 3663func (c *DirectoryService) ListCertificates(input *ListCertificatesInput) (*ListCertificatesOutput, error) { 3664 req, out := c.ListCertificatesRequest(input) 3665 return out, req.Send() 3666} 3667 3668// ListCertificatesWithContext is the same as ListCertificates with the addition of 3669// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3670// 3671// See ListCertificates for details on how to use this API operation. 3672// 3673// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3674// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3675// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3676// for more information on using Contexts. 3677func (c *DirectoryService) ListCertificatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListCertificatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListCertificatesOutput, error) { 3678 req, out := c.ListCertificatesRequest(input) 3679 req.SetContext(ctx) 3680 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3681 return out, req.Send() 3682} 3683 3684const opListIpRoutes = "ListIpRoutes" 3685 3686// ListIpRoutesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3687// client's request for the ListIpRoutes operation. The "output" return 3688// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3689// successfully. 3690// 3691// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3692// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3693// 3694// See ListIpRoutes for more information on using the ListIpRoutes 3695// API call, and error handling. 3696// 3697// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3698// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3699// 3700// 3701// // Example sending a request using the ListIpRoutesRequest method. 3702// req, resp := client.ListIpRoutesRequest(params) 3703// 3704// err := req.Send() 3705// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3706// fmt.Println(resp) 3707// } 3708// 3709// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ListIpRoutes 3710func (c *DirectoryService) ListIpRoutesRequest(input *ListIpRoutesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListIpRoutesOutput) { 3711 op := &request.Operation{ 3712 Name: opListIpRoutes, 3713 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3714 HTTPPath: "/", 3715 } 3716 3717 if input == nil { 3718 input = &ListIpRoutesInput{} 3719 } 3720 3721 output = &ListIpRoutesOutput{} 3722 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3723 return 3724} 3725 3726// ListIpRoutes API operation for AWS Directory Service. 3727// 3728// Lists the address blocks that you have added to a directory. 3729// 3730// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3731// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3732// the error. 3733// 3734// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 3735// API operation ListIpRoutes for usage and error information. 3736// 3737// Returned Error Codes: 3738// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 3739// The specified entity could not be found. 3740// 3741// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException" 3742// The NextToken value is not valid. 3743// 3744// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 3745// One or more parameters are not valid. 3746// 3747// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 3748// A client exception has occurred. 3749// 3750// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 3751// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 3752// 3753// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ListIpRoutes 3754func (c *DirectoryService) ListIpRoutes(input *ListIpRoutesInput) (*ListIpRoutesOutput, error) { 3755 req, out := c.ListIpRoutesRequest(input) 3756 return out, req.Send() 3757} 3758 3759// ListIpRoutesWithContext is the same as ListIpRoutes with the addition of 3760// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3761// 3762// See ListIpRoutes for details on how to use this API operation. 3763// 3764// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3765// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3766// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3767// for more information on using Contexts. 3768func (c *DirectoryService) ListIpRoutesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListIpRoutesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListIpRoutesOutput, error) { 3769 req, out := c.ListIpRoutesRequest(input) 3770 req.SetContext(ctx) 3771 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3772 return out, req.Send() 3773} 3774 3775const opListLogSubscriptions = "ListLogSubscriptions" 3776 3777// ListLogSubscriptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3778// client's request for the ListLogSubscriptions operation. The "output" return 3779// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3780// successfully. 3781// 3782// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3783// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3784// 3785// See ListLogSubscriptions for more information on using the ListLogSubscriptions 3786// API call, and error handling. 3787// 3788// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3789// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3790// 3791// 3792// // Example sending a request using the ListLogSubscriptionsRequest method. 3793// req, resp := client.ListLogSubscriptionsRequest(params) 3794// 3795// err := req.Send() 3796// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3797// fmt.Println(resp) 3798// } 3799// 3800// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ListLogSubscriptions 3801func (c *DirectoryService) ListLogSubscriptionsRequest(input *ListLogSubscriptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListLogSubscriptionsOutput) { 3802 op := &request.Operation{ 3803 Name: opListLogSubscriptions, 3804 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3805 HTTPPath: "/", 3806 } 3807 3808 if input == nil { 3809 input = &ListLogSubscriptionsInput{} 3810 } 3811 3812 output = &ListLogSubscriptionsOutput{} 3813 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3814 return 3815} 3816 3817// ListLogSubscriptions API operation for AWS Directory Service. 3818// 3819// Lists the active log subscriptions for the AWS account. 3820// 3821// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3822// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3823// the error. 3824// 3825// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 3826// API operation ListLogSubscriptions for usage and error information. 3827// 3828// Returned Error Codes: 3829// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 3830// The specified entity could not be found. 3831// 3832// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException" 3833// The NextToken value is not valid. 3834// 3835// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 3836// A client exception has occurred. 3837// 3838// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 3839// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 3840// 3841// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ListLogSubscriptions 3842func (c *DirectoryService) ListLogSubscriptions(input *ListLogSubscriptionsInput) (*ListLogSubscriptionsOutput, error) { 3843 req, out := c.ListLogSubscriptionsRequest(input) 3844 return out, req.Send() 3845} 3846 3847// ListLogSubscriptionsWithContext is the same as ListLogSubscriptions with the addition of 3848// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3849// 3850// See ListLogSubscriptions for details on how to use this API operation. 3851// 3852// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3853// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3854// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3855// for more information on using Contexts. 3856func (c *DirectoryService) ListLogSubscriptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListLogSubscriptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListLogSubscriptionsOutput, error) { 3857 req, out := c.ListLogSubscriptionsRequest(input) 3858 req.SetContext(ctx) 3859 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3860 return out, req.Send() 3861} 3862 3863const opListSchemaExtensions = "ListSchemaExtensions" 3864 3865// ListSchemaExtensionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3866// client's request for the ListSchemaExtensions operation. The "output" return 3867// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3868// successfully. 3869// 3870// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3871// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3872// 3873// See ListSchemaExtensions for more information on using the ListSchemaExtensions 3874// API call, and error handling. 3875// 3876// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3877// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3878// 3879// 3880// // Example sending a request using the ListSchemaExtensionsRequest method. 3881// req, resp := client.ListSchemaExtensionsRequest(params) 3882// 3883// err := req.Send() 3884// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3885// fmt.Println(resp) 3886// } 3887// 3888// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ListSchemaExtensions 3889func (c *DirectoryService) ListSchemaExtensionsRequest(input *ListSchemaExtensionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListSchemaExtensionsOutput) { 3890 op := &request.Operation{ 3891 Name: opListSchemaExtensions, 3892 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3893 HTTPPath: "/", 3894 } 3895 3896 if input == nil { 3897 input = &ListSchemaExtensionsInput{} 3898 } 3899 3900 output = &ListSchemaExtensionsOutput{} 3901 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3902 return 3903} 3904 3905// ListSchemaExtensions API operation for AWS Directory Service. 3906// 3907// Lists all schema extensions applied to a Microsoft AD Directory. 3908// 3909// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3910// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3911// the error. 3912// 3913// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 3914// API operation ListSchemaExtensions for usage and error information. 3915// 3916// Returned Error Codes: 3917// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException" 3918// The NextToken value is not valid. 3919// 3920// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 3921// The specified entity could not be found. 3922// 3923// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 3924// A client exception has occurred. 3925// 3926// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 3927// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 3928// 3929// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ListSchemaExtensions 3930func (c *DirectoryService) ListSchemaExtensions(input *ListSchemaExtensionsInput) (*ListSchemaExtensionsOutput, error) { 3931 req, out := c.ListSchemaExtensionsRequest(input) 3932 return out, req.Send() 3933} 3934 3935// ListSchemaExtensionsWithContext is the same as ListSchemaExtensions with the addition of 3936// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3937// 3938// See ListSchemaExtensions for details on how to use this API operation. 3939// 3940// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3941// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3942// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3943// for more information on using Contexts. 3944func (c *DirectoryService) ListSchemaExtensionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListSchemaExtensionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListSchemaExtensionsOutput, error) { 3945 req, out := c.ListSchemaExtensionsRequest(input) 3946 req.SetContext(ctx) 3947 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3948 return out, req.Send() 3949} 3950 3951const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource" 3952 3953// ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3954// client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return 3955// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3956// successfully. 3957// 3958// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3959// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3960// 3961// See ListTagsForResource for more information on using the ListTagsForResource 3962// API call, and error handling. 3963// 3964// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3965// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3966// 3967// 3968// // Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method. 3969// req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params) 3970// 3971// err := req.Send() 3972// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3973// fmt.Println(resp) 3974// } 3975// 3976// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ListTagsForResource 3977func (c *DirectoryService) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) { 3978 op := &request.Operation{ 3979 Name: opListTagsForResource, 3980 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3981 HTTPPath: "/", 3982 } 3983 3984 if input == nil { 3985 input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{} 3986 } 3987 3988 output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{} 3989 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3990 return 3991} 3992 3993// ListTagsForResource API operation for AWS Directory Service. 3994// 3995// Lists all tags on a directory. 3996// 3997// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3998// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3999// the error. 4000// 4001// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 4002// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information. 4003// 4004// Returned Error Codes: 4005// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 4006// The specified entity could not be found. 4007// 4008// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException" 4009// The NextToken value is not valid. 4010// 4011// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 4012// One or more parameters are not valid. 4013// 4014// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 4015// A client exception has occurred. 4016// 4017// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 4018// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 4019// 4020// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ListTagsForResource 4021func (c *DirectoryService) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { 4022 req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) 4023 return out, req.Send() 4024} 4025 4026// ListTagsForResourceWithContext is the same as ListTagsForResource with the addition of 4027// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4028// 4029// See ListTagsForResource for details on how to use this API operation. 4030// 4031// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4032// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4033// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4034// for more information on using Contexts. 4035func (c *DirectoryService) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsForResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { 4036 req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) 4037 req.SetContext(ctx) 4038 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4039 return out, req.Send() 4040} 4041 4042const opRegisterCertificate = "RegisterCertificate" 4043 4044// RegisterCertificateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4045// client's request for the RegisterCertificate operation. The "output" return 4046// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4047// successfully. 4048// 4049// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4050// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4051// 4052// See RegisterCertificate for more information on using the RegisterCertificate 4053// API call, and error handling. 4054// 4055// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4056// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4057// 4058// 4059// // Example sending a request using the RegisterCertificateRequest method. 4060// req, resp := client.RegisterCertificateRequest(params) 4061// 4062// err := req.Send() 4063// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4064// fmt.Println(resp) 4065// } 4066// 4067// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/RegisterCertificate 4068func (c *DirectoryService) RegisterCertificateRequest(input *RegisterCertificateInput) (req *request.Request, output *RegisterCertificateOutput) { 4069 op := &request.Operation{ 4070 Name: opRegisterCertificate, 4071 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4072 HTTPPath: "/", 4073 } 4074 4075 if input == nil { 4076 input = &RegisterCertificateInput{} 4077 } 4078 4079 output = &RegisterCertificateOutput{} 4080 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4081 return 4082} 4083 4084// RegisterCertificate API operation for AWS Directory Service. 4085// 4086// Registers a certificate for secured LDAP connection. 4087// 4088// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4089// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4090// the error. 4091// 4092// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 4093// API operation RegisterCertificate for usage and error information. 4094// 4095// Returned Error Codes: 4096// * ErrCodeDirectoryUnavailableException "DirectoryUnavailableException" 4097// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. 4098// 4099// * ErrCodeDirectoryDoesNotExistException "DirectoryDoesNotExistException" 4100// The specified directory does not exist in the system. 4101// 4102// * ErrCodeInvalidCertificateException "InvalidCertificateException" 4103// The certificate PEM that was provided has incorrect encoding. 4104// 4105// * ErrCodeCertificateLimitExceededException "CertificateLimitExceededException" 4106// The certificate could not be added because the certificate limit has been 4107// reached. 4108// 4109// * ErrCodeCertificateAlreadyExistsException "CertificateAlreadyExistsException" 4110// The certificate has already been registered into the system. 4111// 4112// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 4113// The operation is not supported. 4114// 4115// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 4116// One or more parameters are not valid. 4117// 4118// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 4119// A client exception has occurred. 4120// 4121// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 4122// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 4123// 4124// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/RegisterCertificate 4125func (c *DirectoryService) RegisterCertificate(input *RegisterCertificateInput) (*RegisterCertificateOutput, error) { 4126 req, out := c.RegisterCertificateRequest(input) 4127 return out, req.Send() 4128} 4129 4130// RegisterCertificateWithContext is the same as RegisterCertificate with the addition of 4131// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4132// 4133// See RegisterCertificate for details on how to use this API operation. 4134// 4135// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4136// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4137// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4138// for more information on using Contexts. 4139func (c *DirectoryService) RegisterCertificateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RegisterCertificateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RegisterCertificateOutput, error) { 4140 req, out := c.RegisterCertificateRequest(input) 4141 req.SetContext(ctx) 4142 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4143 return out, req.Send() 4144} 4145 4146const opRegisterEventTopic = "RegisterEventTopic" 4147 4148// RegisterEventTopicRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4149// client's request for the RegisterEventTopic operation. The "output" return 4150// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4151// successfully. 4152// 4153// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4154// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4155// 4156// See RegisterEventTopic for more information on using the RegisterEventTopic 4157// API call, and error handling. 4158// 4159// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4160// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4161// 4162// 4163// // Example sending a request using the RegisterEventTopicRequest method. 4164// req, resp := client.RegisterEventTopicRequest(params) 4165// 4166// err := req.Send() 4167// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4168// fmt.Println(resp) 4169// } 4170// 4171// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/RegisterEventTopic 4172func (c *DirectoryService) RegisterEventTopicRequest(input *RegisterEventTopicInput) (req *request.Request, output *RegisterEventTopicOutput) { 4173 op := &request.Operation{ 4174 Name: opRegisterEventTopic, 4175 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4176 HTTPPath: "/", 4177 } 4178 4179 if input == nil { 4180 input = &RegisterEventTopicInput{} 4181 } 4182 4183 output = &RegisterEventTopicOutput{} 4184 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4185 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 4186 return 4187} 4188 4189// RegisterEventTopic API operation for AWS Directory Service. 4190// 4191// Associates a directory with an SNS topic. This establishes the directory 4192// as a publisher to the specified SNS topic. You can then receive email or 4193// text (SMS) messages when the status of your directory changes. You get notified 4194// if your directory goes from an Active status to an Impaired or Inoperable 4195// status. You also receive a notification when the directory returns to an 4196// Active status. 4197// 4198// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4199// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4200// the error. 4201// 4202// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 4203// API operation RegisterEventTopic for usage and error information. 4204// 4205// Returned Error Codes: 4206// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 4207// The specified entity could not be found. 4208// 4209// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 4210// One or more parameters are not valid. 4211// 4212// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 4213// A client exception has occurred. 4214// 4215// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 4216// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 4217// 4218// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/RegisterEventTopic 4219func (c *DirectoryService) RegisterEventTopic(input *RegisterEventTopicInput) (*RegisterEventTopicOutput, error) { 4220 req, out := c.RegisterEventTopicRequest(input) 4221 return out, req.Send() 4222} 4223 4224// RegisterEventTopicWithContext is the same as RegisterEventTopic with the addition of 4225// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4226// 4227// See RegisterEventTopic for details on how to use this API operation. 4228// 4229// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4230// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4231// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4232// for more information on using Contexts. 4233func (c *DirectoryService) RegisterEventTopicWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RegisterEventTopicInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RegisterEventTopicOutput, error) { 4234 req, out := c.RegisterEventTopicRequest(input) 4235 req.SetContext(ctx) 4236 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4237 return out, req.Send() 4238} 4239 4240const opRejectSharedDirectory = "RejectSharedDirectory" 4241 4242// RejectSharedDirectoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4243// client's request for the RejectSharedDirectory operation. The "output" return 4244// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4245// successfully. 4246// 4247// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4248// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4249// 4250// See RejectSharedDirectory for more information on using the RejectSharedDirectory 4251// API call, and error handling. 4252// 4253// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4254// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4255// 4256// 4257// // Example sending a request using the RejectSharedDirectoryRequest method. 4258// req, resp := client.RejectSharedDirectoryRequest(params) 4259// 4260// err := req.Send() 4261// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4262// fmt.Println(resp) 4263// } 4264// 4265// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/RejectSharedDirectory 4266func (c *DirectoryService) RejectSharedDirectoryRequest(input *RejectSharedDirectoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *RejectSharedDirectoryOutput) { 4267 op := &request.Operation{ 4268 Name: opRejectSharedDirectory, 4269 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4270 HTTPPath: "/", 4271 } 4272 4273 if input == nil { 4274 input = &RejectSharedDirectoryInput{} 4275 } 4276 4277 output = &RejectSharedDirectoryOutput{} 4278 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4279 return 4280} 4281 4282// RejectSharedDirectory API operation for AWS Directory Service. 4283// 4284// Rejects a directory sharing request that was sent from the directory owner 4285// account. 4286// 4287// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4288// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4289// the error. 4290// 4291// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 4292// API operation RejectSharedDirectory for usage and error information. 4293// 4294// Returned Error Codes: 4295// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 4296// One or more parameters are not valid. 4297// 4298// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 4299// The specified entity could not be found. 4300// 4301// * ErrCodeDirectoryAlreadySharedException "DirectoryAlreadySharedException" 4302// The specified directory has already been shared with this AWS account. 4303// 4304// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 4305// A client exception has occurred. 4306// 4307// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 4308// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 4309// 4310// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/RejectSharedDirectory 4311func (c *DirectoryService) RejectSharedDirectory(input *RejectSharedDirectoryInput) (*RejectSharedDirectoryOutput, error) { 4312 req, out := c.RejectSharedDirectoryRequest(input) 4313 return out, req.Send() 4314} 4315 4316// RejectSharedDirectoryWithContext is the same as RejectSharedDirectory with the addition of 4317// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4318// 4319// See RejectSharedDirectory for details on how to use this API operation. 4320// 4321// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4322// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4323// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4324// for more information on using Contexts. 4325func (c *DirectoryService) RejectSharedDirectoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RejectSharedDirectoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RejectSharedDirectoryOutput, error) { 4326 req, out := c.RejectSharedDirectoryRequest(input) 4327 req.SetContext(ctx) 4328 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4329 return out, req.Send() 4330} 4331 4332const opRemoveIpRoutes = "RemoveIpRoutes" 4333 4334// RemoveIpRoutesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4335// client's request for the RemoveIpRoutes operation. The "output" return 4336// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4337// successfully. 4338// 4339// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4340// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4341// 4342// See RemoveIpRoutes for more information on using the RemoveIpRoutes 4343// API call, and error handling. 4344// 4345// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4346// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4347// 4348// 4349// // Example sending a request using the RemoveIpRoutesRequest method. 4350// req, resp := client.RemoveIpRoutesRequest(params) 4351// 4352// err := req.Send() 4353// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4354// fmt.Println(resp) 4355// } 4356// 4357// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/RemoveIpRoutes 4358func (c *DirectoryService) RemoveIpRoutesRequest(input *RemoveIpRoutesInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveIpRoutesOutput) { 4359 op := &request.Operation{ 4360 Name: opRemoveIpRoutes, 4361 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4362 HTTPPath: "/", 4363 } 4364 4365 if input == nil { 4366 input = &RemoveIpRoutesInput{} 4367 } 4368 4369 output = &RemoveIpRoutesOutput{} 4370 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4371 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 4372 return 4373} 4374 4375// RemoveIpRoutes API operation for AWS Directory Service. 4376// 4377// Removes IP address blocks from a directory. 4378// 4379// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4380// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4381// the error. 4382// 4383// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 4384// API operation RemoveIpRoutes for usage and error information. 4385// 4386// Returned Error Codes: 4387// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 4388// The specified entity could not be found. 4389// 4390// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 4391// One or more parameters are not valid. 4392// 4393// * ErrCodeDirectoryUnavailableException "DirectoryUnavailableException" 4394// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. 4395// 4396// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 4397// A client exception has occurred. 4398// 4399// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 4400// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 4401// 4402// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/RemoveIpRoutes 4403func (c *DirectoryService) RemoveIpRoutes(input *RemoveIpRoutesInput) (*RemoveIpRoutesOutput, error) { 4404 req, out := c.RemoveIpRoutesRequest(input) 4405 return out, req.Send() 4406} 4407 4408// RemoveIpRoutesWithContext is the same as RemoveIpRoutes with the addition of 4409// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4410// 4411// See RemoveIpRoutes for details on how to use this API operation. 4412// 4413// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4414// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4415// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4416// for more information on using Contexts. 4417func (c *DirectoryService) RemoveIpRoutesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveIpRoutesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveIpRoutesOutput, error) { 4418 req, out := c.RemoveIpRoutesRequest(input) 4419 req.SetContext(ctx) 4420 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4421 return out, req.Send() 4422} 4423 4424const opRemoveTagsFromResource = "RemoveTagsFromResource" 4425 4426// RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4427// client's request for the RemoveTagsFromResource operation. The "output" return 4428// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4429// successfully. 4430// 4431// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4432// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4433// 4434// See RemoveTagsFromResource for more information on using the RemoveTagsFromResource 4435// API call, and error handling. 4436// 4437// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4438// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4439// 4440// 4441// // Example sending a request using the RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest method. 4442// req, resp := client.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(params) 4443// 4444// err := req.Send() 4445// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4446// fmt.Println(resp) 4447// } 4448// 4449// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/RemoveTagsFromResource 4450func (c *DirectoryService) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) { 4451 op := &request.Operation{ 4452 Name: opRemoveTagsFromResource, 4453 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4454 HTTPPath: "/", 4455 } 4456 4457 if input == nil { 4458 input = &RemoveTagsFromResourceInput{} 4459 } 4460 4461 output = &RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput{} 4462 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4463 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 4464 return 4465} 4466 4467// RemoveTagsFromResource API operation for AWS Directory Service. 4468// 4469// Removes tags from a directory. 4470// 4471// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4472// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4473// the error. 4474// 4475// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 4476// API operation RemoveTagsFromResource for usage and error information. 4477// 4478// Returned Error Codes: 4479// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 4480// The specified entity could not be found. 4481// 4482// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 4483// One or more parameters are not valid. 4484// 4485// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 4486// A client exception has occurred. 4487// 4488// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 4489// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 4490// 4491// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/RemoveTagsFromResource 4492func (c *DirectoryService) RemoveTagsFromResource(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) { 4493 req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input) 4494 return out, req.Send() 4495} 4496 4497// RemoveTagsFromResourceWithContext is the same as RemoveTagsFromResource with the addition of 4498// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4499// 4500// See RemoveTagsFromResource for details on how to use this API operation. 4501// 4502// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4503// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4504// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4505// for more information on using Contexts. 4506func (c *DirectoryService) RemoveTagsFromResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) { 4507 req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input) 4508 req.SetContext(ctx) 4509 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4510 return out, req.Send() 4511} 4512 4513const opResetUserPassword = "ResetUserPassword" 4514 4515// ResetUserPasswordRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4516// client's request for the ResetUserPassword operation. The "output" return 4517// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4518// successfully. 4519// 4520// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4521// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4522// 4523// See ResetUserPassword for more information on using the ResetUserPassword 4524// API call, and error handling. 4525// 4526// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4527// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4528// 4529// 4530// // Example sending a request using the ResetUserPasswordRequest method. 4531// req, resp := client.ResetUserPasswordRequest(params) 4532// 4533// err := req.Send() 4534// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4535// fmt.Println(resp) 4536// } 4537// 4538// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ResetUserPassword 4539func (c *DirectoryService) ResetUserPasswordRequest(input *ResetUserPasswordInput) (req *request.Request, output *ResetUserPasswordOutput) { 4540 op := &request.Operation{ 4541 Name: opResetUserPassword, 4542 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4543 HTTPPath: "/", 4544 } 4545 4546 if input == nil { 4547 input = &ResetUserPasswordInput{} 4548 } 4549 4550 output = &ResetUserPasswordOutput{} 4551 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4552 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 4553 return 4554} 4555 4556// ResetUserPassword API operation for AWS Directory Service. 4557// 4558// Resets the password for any user in your AWS Managed Microsoft AD or Simple 4559// AD directory. 4560// 4561// You can reset the password for any user in your directory with the following 4562// exceptions: 4563// 4564// * For Simple AD, you cannot reset the password for any user that is a 4565// member of either the Domain Admins or Enterprise Admins group except for 4566// the administrator user. 4567// 4568// * For AWS Managed Microsoft AD, you can only reset the password for a 4569// user that is in an OU based off of the NetBIOS name that you typed when 4570// you created your directory. For example, you cannot reset the password 4571// for a user in the AWS Reserved OU. For more information about the OU structure 4572// for an AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory, see What Gets Created (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/directoryservice/latest/admin-guide/ms_ad_getting_started_what_gets_created.html) 4573// in the AWS Directory Service Administration Guide. 4574// 4575// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4576// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4577// the error. 4578// 4579// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 4580// API operation ResetUserPassword for usage and error information. 4581// 4582// Returned Error Codes: 4583// * ErrCodeDirectoryUnavailableException "DirectoryUnavailableException" 4584// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. 4585// 4586// * ErrCodeUserDoesNotExistException "UserDoesNotExistException" 4587// The user provided a username that does not exist in your directory. 4588// 4589// * ErrCodeInvalidPasswordException "InvalidPasswordException" 4590// The new password provided by the user does not meet the password complexity 4591// requirements defined in your directory. 4592// 4593// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 4594// The operation is not supported. 4595// 4596// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 4597// The specified entity could not be found. 4598// 4599// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 4600// A client exception has occurred. 4601// 4602// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 4603// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 4604// 4605// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ResetUserPassword 4606func (c *DirectoryService) ResetUserPassword(input *ResetUserPasswordInput) (*ResetUserPasswordOutput, error) { 4607 req, out := c.ResetUserPasswordRequest(input) 4608 return out, req.Send() 4609} 4610 4611// ResetUserPasswordWithContext is the same as ResetUserPassword with the addition of 4612// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4613// 4614// See ResetUserPassword for details on how to use this API operation. 4615// 4616// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4617// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4618// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4619// for more information on using Contexts. 4620func (c *DirectoryService) ResetUserPasswordWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetUserPasswordInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ResetUserPasswordOutput, error) { 4621 req, out := c.ResetUserPasswordRequest(input) 4622 req.SetContext(ctx) 4623 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4624 return out, req.Send() 4625} 4626 4627const opRestoreFromSnapshot = "RestoreFromSnapshot" 4628 4629// RestoreFromSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4630// client's request for the RestoreFromSnapshot operation. The "output" return 4631// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4632// successfully. 4633// 4634// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4635// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4636// 4637// See RestoreFromSnapshot for more information on using the RestoreFromSnapshot 4638// API call, and error handling. 4639// 4640// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4641// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4642// 4643// 4644// // Example sending a request using the RestoreFromSnapshotRequest method. 4645// req, resp := client.RestoreFromSnapshotRequest(params) 4646// 4647// err := req.Send() 4648// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4649// fmt.Println(resp) 4650// } 4651// 4652// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/RestoreFromSnapshot 4653func (c *DirectoryService) RestoreFromSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreFromSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreFromSnapshotOutput) { 4654 op := &request.Operation{ 4655 Name: opRestoreFromSnapshot, 4656 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4657 HTTPPath: "/", 4658 } 4659 4660 if input == nil { 4661 input = &RestoreFromSnapshotInput{} 4662 } 4663 4664 output = &RestoreFromSnapshotOutput{} 4665 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4666 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 4667 return 4668} 4669 4670// RestoreFromSnapshot API operation for AWS Directory Service. 4671// 4672// Restores a directory using an existing directory snapshot. 4673// 4674// When you restore a directory from a snapshot, any changes made to the directory 4675// after the snapshot date are overwritten. 4676// 4677// This action returns as soon as the restore operation is initiated. You can 4678// monitor the progress of the restore operation by calling the DescribeDirectories 4679// operation with the directory identifier. When the DirectoryDescription.Stage 4680// value changes to Active, the restore operation is complete. 4681// 4682// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4683// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4684// the error. 4685// 4686// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 4687// API operation RestoreFromSnapshot for usage and error information. 4688// 4689// Returned Error Codes: 4690// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 4691// The specified entity could not be found. 4692// 4693// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 4694// One or more parameters are not valid. 4695// 4696// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 4697// A client exception has occurred. 4698// 4699// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 4700// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 4701// 4702// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/RestoreFromSnapshot 4703func (c *DirectoryService) RestoreFromSnapshot(input *RestoreFromSnapshotInput) (*RestoreFromSnapshotOutput, error) { 4704 req, out := c.RestoreFromSnapshotRequest(input) 4705 return out, req.Send() 4706} 4707 4708// RestoreFromSnapshotWithContext is the same as RestoreFromSnapshot with the addition of 4709// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4710// 4711// See RestoreFromSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 4712// 4713// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4714// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4715// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4716// for more information on using Contexts. 4717func (c *DirectoryService) RestoreFromSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreFromSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreFromSnapshotOutput, error) { 4718 req, out := c.RestoreFromSnapshotRequest(input) 4719 req.SetContext(ctx) 4720 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4721 return out, req.Send() 4722} 4723 4724const opShareDirectory = "ShareDirectory" 4725 4726// ShareDirectoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4727// client's request for the ShareDirectory operation. The "output" return 4728// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4729// successfully. 4730// 4731// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4732// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4733// 4734// See ShareDirectory for more information on using the ShareDirectory 4735// API call, and error handling. 4736// 4737// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4738// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4739// 4740// 4741// // Example sending a request using the ShareDirectoryRequest method. 4742// req, resp := client.ShareDirectoryRequest(params) 4743// 4744// err := req.Send() 4745// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4746// fmt.Println(resp) 4747// } 4748// 4749// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ShareDirectory 4750func (c *DirectoryService) ShareDirectoryRequest(input *ShareDirectoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *ShareDirectoryOutput) { 4751 op := &request.Operation{ 4752 Name: opShareDirectory, 4753 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4754 HTTPPath: "/", 4755 } 4756 4757 if input == nil { 4758 input = &ShareDirectoryInput{} 4759 } 4760 4761 output = &ShareDirectoryOutput{} 4762 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4763 return 4764} 4765 4766// ShareDirectory API operation for AWS Directory Service. 4767// 4768// Shares a specified directory (DirectoryId) in your AWS account (directory 4769// owner) with another AWS account (directory consumer). With this operation 4770// you can use your directory from any AWS account and from any Amazon VPC within 4771// an AWS Region. 4772// 4773// When you share your AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory, AWS Directory Service 4774// creates a shared directory in the directory consumer account. This shared 4775// directory contains the metadata to provide access to the directory within 4776// the directory owner account. The shared directory is visible in all VPCs 4777// in the directory consumer account. 4778// 4779// The ShareMethod parameter determines whether the specified directory can 4780// be shared between AWS accounts inside the same AWS organization (ORGANIZATIONS). 4781// It also determines whether you can share the directory with any other AWS 4782// account either inside or outside of the organization (HANDSHAKE). 4783// 4784// The ShareNotes parameter is only used when HANDSHAKE is called, which sends 4785// a directory sharing request to the directory consumer. 4786// 4787// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4788// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4789// the error. 4790// 4791// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 4792// API operation ShareDirectory for usage and error information. 4793// 4794// Returned Error Codes: 4795// * ErrCodeDirectoryAlreadySharedException "DirectoryAlreadySharedException" 4796// The specified directory has already been shared with this AWS account. 4797// 4798// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 4799// The specified entity could not be found. 4800// 4801// * ErrCodeInvalidTargetException "InvalidTargetException" 4802// The specified shared target is not valid. 4803// 4804// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 4805// One or more parameters are not valid. 4806// 4807// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 4808// A client exception has occurred. 4809// 4810// * ErrCodeShareLimitExceededException "ShareLimitExceededException" 4811// The maximum number of AWS accounts that you can share with this directory 4812// has been reached. 4813// 4814// * ErrCodeOrganizationsException "OrganizationsException" 4815// Exception encountered while trying to access your AWS organization. 4816// 4817// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException" 4818// You do not have sufficient access to perform this action. 4819// 4820// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 4821// The operation is not supported. 4822// 4823// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 4824// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 4825// 4826// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/ShareDirectory 4827func (c *DirectoryService) ShareDirectory(input *ShareDirectoryInput) (*ShareDirectoryOutput, error) { 4828 req, out := c.ShareDirectoryRequest(input) 4829 return out, req.Send() 4830} 4831 4832// ShareDirectoryWithContext is the same as ShareDirectory with the addition of 4833// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4834// 4835// See ShareDirectory for details on how to use this API operation. 4836// 4837// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4838// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4839// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4840// for more information on using Contexts. 4841func (c *DirectoryService) ShareDirectoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ShareDirectoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ShareDirectoryOutput, error) { 4842 req, out := c.ShareDirectoryRequest(input) 4843 req.SetContext(ctx) 4844 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4845 return out, req.Send() 4846} 4847 4848const opStartSchemaExtension = "StartSchemaExtension" 4849 4850// StartSchemaExtensionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4851// client's request for the StartSchemaExtension operation. The "output" return 4852// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4853// successfully. 4854// 4855// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4856// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4857// 4858// See StartSchemaExtension for more information on using the StartSchemaExtension 4859// API call, and error handling. 4860// 4861// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4862// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4863// 4864// 4865// // Example sending a request using the StartSchemaExtensionRequest method. 4866// req, resp := client.StartSchemaExtensionRequest(params) 4867// 4868// err := req.Send() 4869// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4870// fmt.Println(resp) 4871// } 4872// 4873// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/StartSchemaExtension 4874func (c *DirectoryService) StartSchemaExtensionRequest(input *StartSchemaExtensionInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartSchemaExtensionOutput) { 4875 op := &request.Operation{ 4876 Name: opStartSchemaExtension, 4877 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4878 HTTPPath: "/", 4879 } 4880 4881 if input == nil { 4882 input = &StartSchemaExtensionInput{} 4883 } 4884 4885 output = &StartSchemaExtensionOutput{} 4886 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4887 return 4888} 4889 4890// StartSchemaExtension API operation for AWS Directory Service. 4891// 4892// Applies a schema extension to a Microsoft AD directory. 4893// 4894// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4895// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4896// the error. 4897// 4898// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 4899// API operation StartSchemaExtension for usage and error information. 4900// 4901// Returned Error Codes: 4902// * ErrCodeDirectoryUnavailableException "DirectoryUnavailableException" 4903// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. 4904// 4905// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 4906// The specified entity could not be found. 4907// 4908// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 4909// One or more parameters are not valid. 4910// 4911// * ErrCodeSnapshotLimitExceededException "SnapshotLimitExceededException" 4912// The maximum number of manual snapshots for the directory has been reached. 4913// You can use the GetSnapshotLimits operation to determine the snapshot limits 4914// for a directory. 4915// 4916// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 4917// A client exception has occurred. 4918// 4919// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 4920// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 4921// 4922// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/StartSchemaExtension 4923func (c *DirectoryService) StartSchemaExtension(input *StartSchemaExtensionInput) (*StartSchemaExtensionOutput, error) { 4924 req, out := c.StartSchemaExtensionRequest(input) 4925 return out, req.Send() 4926} 4927 4928// StartSchemaExtensionWithContext is the same as StartSchemaExtension with the addition of 4929// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4930// 4931// See StartSchemaExtension for details on how to use this API operation. 4932// 4933// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4934// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4935// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4936// for more information on using Contexts. 4937func (c *DirectoryService) StartSchemaExtensionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartSchemaExtensionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartSchemaExtensionOutput, error) { 4938 req, out := c.StartSchemaExtensionRequest(input) 4939 req.SetContext(ctx) 4940 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4941 return out, req.Send() 4942} 4943 4944const opUnshareDirectory = "UnshareDirectory" 4945 4946// UnshareDirectoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4947// client's request for the UnshareDirectory operation. The "output" return 4948// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4949// successfully. 4950// 4951// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4952// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4953// 4954// See UnshareDirectory for more information on using the UnshareDirectory 4955// API call, and error handling. 4956// 4957// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4958// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4959// 4960// 4961// // Example sending a request using the UnshareDirectoryRequest method. 4962// req, resp := client.UnshareDirectoryRequest(params) 4963// 4964// err := req.Send() 4965// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4966// fmt.Println(resp) 4967// } 4968// 4969// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/UnshareDirectory 4970func (c *DirectoryService) UnshareDirectoryRequest(input *UnshareDirectoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *UnshareDirectoryOutput) { 4971 op := &request.Operation{ 4972 Name: opUnshareDirectory, 4973 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4974 HTTPPath: "/", 4975 } 4976 4977 if input == nil { 4978 input = &UnshareDirectoryInput{} 4979 } 4980 4981 output = &UnshareDirectoryOutput{} 4982 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4983 return 4984} 4985 4986// UnshareDirectory API operation for AWS Directory Service. 4987// 4988// Stops the directory sharing between the directory owner and consumer accounts. 4989// 4990// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4991// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4992// the error. 4993// 4994// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 4995// API operation UnshareDirectory for usage and error information. 4996// 4997// Returned Error Codes: 4998// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 4999// The specified entity could not be found. 5000// 5001// * ErrCodeInvalidTargetException "InvalidTargetException" 5002// The specified shared target is not valid. 5003// 5004// * ErrCodeDirectoryNotSharedException "DirectoryNotSharedException" 5005// The specified directory has not been shared with this AWS account. 5006// 5007// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 5008// A client exception has occurred. 5009// 5010// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 5011// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 5012// 5013// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/UnshareDirectory 5014func (c *DirectoryService) UnshareDirectory(input *UnshareDirectoryInput) (*UnshareDirectoryOutput, error) { 5015 req, out := c.UnshareDirectoryRequest(input) 5016 return out, req.Send() 5017} 5018 5019// UnshareDirectoryWithContext is the same as UnshareDirectory with the addition of 5020// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5021// 5022// See UnshareDirectory for details on how to use this API operation. 5023// 5024// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5025// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5026// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5027// for more information on using Contexts. 5028func (c *DirectoryService) UnshareDirectoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UnshareDirectoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UnshareDirectoryOutput, error) { 5029 req, out := c.UnshareDirectoryRequest(input) 5030 req.SetContext(ctx) 5031 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5032 return out, req.Send() 5033} 5034 5035const opUpdateConditionalForwarder = "UpdateConditionalForwarder" 5036 5037// UpdateConditionalForwarderRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5038// client's request for the UpdateConditionalForwarder operation. The "output" return 5039// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5040// successfully. 5041// 5042// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5043// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5044// 5045// See UpdateConditionalForwarder for more information on using the UpdateConditionalForwarder 5046// API call, and error handling. 5047// 5048// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5049// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5050// 5051// 5052// // Example sending a request using the UpdateConditionalForwarderRequest method. 5053// req, resp := client.UpdateConditionalForwarderRequest(params) 5054// 5055// err := req.Send() 5056// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5057// fmt.Println(resp) 5058// } 5059// 5060// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/UpdateConditionalForwarder 5061func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateConditionalForwarderRequest(input *UpdateConditionalForwarderInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateConditionalForwarderOutput) { 5062 op := &request.Operation{ 5063 Name: opUpdateConditionalForwarder, 5064 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5065 HTTPPath: "/", 5066 } 5067 5068 if input == nil { 5069 input = &UpdateConditionalForwarderInput{} 5070 } 5071 5072 output = &UpdateConditionalForwarderOutput{} 5073 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5074 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 5075 return 5076} 5077 5078// UpdateConditionalForwarder API operation for AWS Directory Service. 5079// 5080// Updates a conditional forwarder that has been set up for your AWS directory. 5081// 5082// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5083// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5084// the error. 5085// 5086// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 5087// API operation UpdateConditionalForwarder for usage and error information. 5088// 5089// Returned Error Codes: 5090// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 5091// The specified entity could not be found. 5092// 5093// * ErrCodeDirectoryUnavailableException "DirectoryUnavailableException" 5094// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. 5095// 5096// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 5097// One or more parameters are not valid. 5098// 5099// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 5100// The operation is not supported. 5101// 5102// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 5103// A client exception has occurred. 5104// 5105// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 5106// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 5107// 5108// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/UpdateConditionalForwarder 5109func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateConditionalForwarder(input *UpdateConditionalForwarderInput) (*UpdateConditionalForwarderOutput, error) { 5110 req, out := c.UpdateConditionalForwarderRequest(input) 5111 return out, req.Send() 5112} 5113 5114// UpdateConditionalForwarderWithContext is the same as UpdateConditionalForwarder with the addition of 5115// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5116// 5117// See UpdateConditionalForwarder for details on how to use this API operation. 5118// 5119// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5120// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5121// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5122// for more information on using Contexts. 5123func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateConditionalForwarderWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateConditionalForwarderInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateConditionalForwarderOutput, error) { 5124 req, out := c.UpdateConditionalForwarderRequest(input) 5125 req.SetContext(ctx) 5126 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5127 return out, req.Send() 5128} 5129 5130const opUpdateNumberOfDomainControllers = "UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers" 5131 5132// UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5133// client's request for the UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers operation. The "output" return 5134// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5135// successfully. 5136// 5137// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5138// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5139// 5140// See UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers for more information on using the UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers 5141// API call, and error handling. 5142// 5143// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5144// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5145// 5146// 5147// // Example sending a request using the UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersRequest method. 5148// req, resp := client.UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersRequest(params) 5149// 5150// err := req.Send() 5151// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5152// fmt.Println(resp) 5153// } 5154// 5155// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers 5156func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersRequest(input *UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersOutput) { 5157 op := &request.Operation{ 5158 Name: opUpdateNumberOfDomainControllers, 5159 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5160 HTTPPath: "/", 5161 } 5162 5163 if input == nil { 5164 input = &UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput{} 5165 } 5166 5167 output = &UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersOutput{} 5168 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5169 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 5170 return 5171} 5172 5173// UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers API operation for AWS Directory Service. 5174// 5175// Adds or removes domain controllers to or from the directory. Based on the 5176// difference between current value and new value (provided through this API 5177// call), domain controllers will be added or removed. It may take up to 45 5178// minutes for any new domain controllers to become fully active once the requested 5179// number of domain controllers is updated. During this time, you cannot make 5180// another update request. 5181// 5182// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5183// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5184// the error. 5185// 5186// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 5187// API operation UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers for usage and error information. 5188// 5189// Returned Error Codes: 5190// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 5191// The specified entity could not be found. 5192// 5193// * ErrCodeDirectoryUnavailableException "DirectoryUnavailableException" 5194// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. 5195// 5196// * ErrCodeDomainControllerLimitExceededException "DomainControllerLimitExceededException" 5197// The maximum allowed number of domain controllers per directory was exceeded. 5198// The default limit per directory is 20 domain controllers. 5199// 5200// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 5201// One or more parameters are not valid. 5202// 5203// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 5204// The operation is not supported. 5205// 5206// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 5207// A client exception has occurred. 5208// 5209// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 5210// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 5211// 5212// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers 5213func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers(input *UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput) (*UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersOutput, error) { 5214 req, out := c.UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersRequest(input) 5215 return out, req.Send() 5216} 5217 5218// UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersWithContext is the same as UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers with the addition of 5219// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5220// 5221// See UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers for details on how to use this API operation. 5222// 5223// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5224// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5225// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5226// for more information on using Contexts. 5227func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersOutput, error) { 5228 req, out := c.UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersRequest(input) 5229 req.SetContext(ctx) 5230 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5231 return out, req.Send() 5232} 5233 5234const opUpdateRadius = "UpdateRadius" 5235 5236// UpdateRadiusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5237// client's request for the UpdateRadius operation. The "output" return 5238// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5239// successfully. 5240// 5241// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5242// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5243// 5244// See UpdateRadius for more information on using the UpdateRadius 5245// API call, and error handling. 5246// 5247// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5248// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5249// 5250// 5251// // Example sending a request using the UpdateRadiusRequest method. 5252// req, resp := client.UpdateRadiusRequest(params) 5253// 5254// err := req.Send() 5255// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5256// fmt.Println(resp) 5257// } 5258// 5259// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/UpdateRadius 5260func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateRadiusRequest(input *UpdateRadiusInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateRadiusOutput) { 5261 op := &request.Operation{ 5262 Name: opUpdateRadius, 5263 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5264 HTTPPath: "/", 5265 } 5266 5267 if input == nil { 5268 input = &UpdateRadiusInput{} 5269 } 5270 5271 output = &UpdateRadiusOutput{} 5272 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5273 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 5274 return 5275} 5276 5277// UpdateRadius API operation for AWS Directory Service. 5278// 5279// Updates the Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server information 5280// for an AD Connector or Microsoft AD directory. 5281// 5282// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5283// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5284// the error. 5285// 5286// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 5287// API operation UpdateRadius for usage and error information. 5288// 5289// Returned Error Codes: 5290// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 5291// One or more parameters are not valid. 5292// 5293// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 5294// The specified entity could not be found. 5295// 5296// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 5297// A client exception has occurred. 5298// 5299// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 5300// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 5301// 5302// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/UpdateRadius 5303func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateRadius(input *UpdateRadiusInput) (*UpdateRadiusOutput, error) { 5304 req, out := c.UpdateRadiusRequest(input) 5305 return out, req.Send() 5306} 5307 5308// UpdateRadiusWithContext is the same as UpdateRadius with the addition of 5309// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5310// 5311// See UpdateRadius for details on how to use this API operation. 5312// 5313// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5314// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5315// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5316// for more information on using Contexts. 5317func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateRadiusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateRadiusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateRadiusOutput, error) { 5318 req, out := c.UpdateRadiusRequest(input) 5319 req.SetContext(ctx) 5320 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5321 return out, req.Send() 5322} 5323 5324const opUpdateTrust = "UpdateTrust" 5325 5326// UpdateTrustRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5327// client's request for the UpdateTrust operation. The "output" return 5328// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5329// successfully. 5330// 5331// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5332// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5333// 5334// See UpdateTrust for more information on using the UpdateTrust 5335// API call, and error handling. 5336// 5337// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5338// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5339// 5340// 5341// // Example sending a request using the UpdateTrustRequest method. 5342// req, resp := client.UpdateTrustRequest(params) 5343// 5344// err := req.Send() 5345// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5346// fmt.Println(resp) 5347// } 5348// 5349// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/UpdateTrust 5350func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateTrustRequest(input *UpdateTrustInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateTrustOutput) { 5351 op := &request.Operation{ 5352 Name: opUpdateTrust, 5353 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5354 HTTPPath: "/", 5355 } 5356 5357 if input == nil { 5358 input = &UpdateTrustInput{} 5359 } 5360 5361 output = &UpdateTrustOutput{} 5362 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5363 return 5364} 5365 5366// UpdateTrust API operation for AWS Directory Service. 5367// 5368// Updates the trust that has been set up between your AWS Managed Microsoft 5369// AD directory and an on-premises Active Directory. 5370// 5371// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5372// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5373// the error. 5374// 5375// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 5376// API operation UpdateTrust for usage and error information. 5377// 5378// Returned Error Codes: 5379// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 5380// The specified entity could not be found. 5381// 5382// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 5383// One or more parameters are not valid. 5384// 5385// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 5386// A client exception has occurred. 5387// 5388// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 5389// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 5390// 5391// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/UpdateTrust 5392func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateTrust(input *UpdateTrustInput) (*UpdateTrustOutput, error) { 5393 req, out := c.UpdateTrustRequest(input) 5394 return out, req.Send() 5395} 5396 5397// UpdateTrustWithContext is the same as UpdateTrust with the addition of 5398// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5399// 5400// See UpdateTrust for details on how to use this API operation. 5401// 5402// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5403// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5404// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5405// for more information on using Contexts. 5406func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateTrustWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateTrustInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateTrustOutput, error) { 5407 req, out := c.UpdateTrustRequest(input) 5408 req.SetContext(ctx) 5409 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5410 return out, req.Send() 5411} 5412 5413const opVerifyTrust = "VerifyTrust" 5414 5415// VerifyTrustRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5416// client's request for the VerifyTrust operation. The "output" return 5417// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5418// successfully. 5419// 5420// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5421// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5422// 5423// See VerifyTrust for more information on using the VerifyTrust 5424// API call, and error handling. 5425// 5426// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5427// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5428// 5429// 5430// // Example sending a request using the VerifyTrustRequest method. 5431// req, resp := client.VerifyTrustRequest(params) 5432// 5433// err := req.Send() 5434// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5435// fmt.Println(resp) 5436// } 5437// 5438// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/VerifyTrust 5439func (c *DirectoryService) VerifyTrustRequest(input *VerifyTrustInput) (req *request.Request, output *VerifyTrustOutput) { 5440 op := &request.Operation{ 5441 Name: opVerifyTrust, 5442 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5443 HTTPPath: "/", 5444 } 5445 5446 if input == nil { 5447 input = &VerifyTrustInput{} 5448 } 5449 5450 output = &VerifyTrustOutput{} 5451 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5452 return 5453} 5454 5455// VerifyTrust API operation for AWS Directory Service. 5456// 5457// AWS Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory allows you to configure 5458// and verify trust relationships. 5459// 5460// This action verifies a trust relationship between your AWS Managed Microsoft 5461// AD directory and an external domain. 5462// 5463// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5464// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5465// the error. 5466// 5467// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's 5468// API operation VerifyTrust for usage and error information. 5469// 5470// Returned Error Codes: 5471// * ErrCodeEntityDoesNotExistException "EntityDoesNotExistException" 5472// The specified entity could not be found. 5473// 5474// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException" 5475// One or more parameters are not valid. 5476// 5477// * ErrCodeClientException "ClientException" 5478// A client exception has occurred. 5479// 5480// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException" 5481// An exception has occurred in AWS Directory Service. 5482// 5483// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException" 5484// The operation is not supported. 5485// 5486// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/VerifyTrust 5487func (c *DirectoryService) VerifyTrust(input *VerifyTrustInput) (*VerifyTrustOutput, error) { 5488 req, out := c.VerifyTrustRequest(input) 5489 return out, req.Send() 5490} 5491 5492// VerifyTrustWithContext is the same as VerifyTrust with the addition of 5493// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5494// 5495// See VerifyTrust for details on how to use this API operation. 5496// 5497// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5498// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5499// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5500// for more information on using Contexts. 5501func (c *DirectoryService) VerifyTrustWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *VerifyTrustInput, opts ...request.Option) (*VerifyTrustOutput, error) { 5502 req, out := c.VerifyTrustRequest(input) 5503 req.SetContext(ctx) 5504 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5505 return out, req.Send() 5506} 5507 5508type AcceptSharedDirectoryInput struct { 5509 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5510 5511 // Identifier of the shared directory in the directory consumer account. This 5512 // identifier is different for each directory owner account. 5513 // 5514 // SharedDirectoryId is a required field 5515 SharedDirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 5516} 5517 5518// String returns the string representation 5519func (s AcceptSharedDirectoryInput) String() string { 5520 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5521} 5522 5523// GoString returns the string representation 5524func (s AcceptSharedDirectoryInput) GoString() string { 5525 return s.String() 5526} 5527 5528// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5529func (s *AcceptSharedDirectoryInput) Validate() error { 5530 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AcceptSharedDirectoryInput"} 5531 if s.SharedDirectoryId == nil { 5532 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SharedDirectoryId")) 5533 } 5534 5535 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5536 return invalidParams 5537 } 5538 return nil 5539} 5540 5541// SetSharedDirectoryId sets the SharedDirectoryId field's value. 5542func (s *AcceptSharedDirectoryInput) SetSharedDirectoryId(v string) *AcceptSharedDirectoryInput { 5543 s.SharedDirectoryId = &v 5544 return s 5545} 5546 5547type AcceptSharedDirectoryOutput struct { 5548 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5549 5550 // The shared directory in the directory consumer account. 5551 SharedDirectory *SharedDirectory `type:"structure"` 5552} 5553 5554// String returns the string representation 5555func (s AcceptSharedDirectoryOutput) String() string { 5556 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5557} 5558 5559// GoString returns the string representation 5560func (s AcceptSharedDirectoryOutput) GoString() string { 5561 return s.String() 5562} 5563 5564// SetSharedDirectory sets the SharedDirectory field's value. 5565func (s *AcceptSharedDirectoryOutput) SetSharedDirectory(v *SharedDirectory) *AcceptSharedDirectoryOutput { 5566 s.SharedDirectory = v 5567 return s 5568} 5569 5570type AddIpRoutesInput struct { 5571 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5572 5573 // Identifier (ID) of the directory to which to add the address block. 5574 // 5575 // DirectoryId is a required field 5576 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 5577 5578 // IP address blocks, using CIDR format, of the traffic to route. This is often 5579 // the IP address block of the DNS server used for your on-premises domain. 5580 // 5581 // IpRoutes is a required field 5582 IpRoutes []*IpRoute `type:"list" required:"true"` 5583 5584 // If set to true, updates the inbound and outbound rules of the security group 5585 // that has the description: "AWS created security group for directory ID directory 5586 // controllers." Following are the new rules: 5587 // 5588 // Inbound: 5589 // 5590 // * Type: Custom UDP Rule, Protocol: UDP, Range: 88, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 5591 // 5592 // * Type: Custom UDP Rule, Protocol: UDP, Range: 123, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 5593 // 5594 // * Type: Custom UDP Rule, Protocol: UDP, Range: 138, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 5595 // 5596 // * Type: Custom UDP Rule, Protocol: UDP, Range: 389, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 5597 // 5598 // * Type: Custom UDP Rule, Protocol: UDP, Range: 464, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 5599 // 5600 // * Type: Custom UDP Rule, Protocol: UDP, Range: 445, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 5601 // 5602 // * Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 88, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 5603 // 5604 // * Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 135, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 5605 // 5606 // * Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 445, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 5607 // 5608 // * Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 464, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 5609 // 5610 // * Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 636, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 5611 // 5612 // * Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 1024-65535, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 5613 // 5614 // * Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 3268-33269, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 5615 // 5616 // * Type: DNS (UDP), Protocol: UDP, Range: 53, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 5617 // 5618 // * Type: DNS (TCP), Protocol: TCP, Range: 53, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 5619 // 5620 // * Type: LDAP, Protocol: TCP, Range: 389, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 5621 // 5622 // * Type: All ICMP, Protocol: All, Range: N/A, Source: 0.0.0.0/0 5623 // 5624 // Outbound: 5625 // 5626 // * Type: All traffic, Protocol: All, Range: All, Destination: 0.0.0.0/0 5627 // 5628 // These security rules impact an internal network interface that is not exposed 5629 // publicly. 5630 UpdateSecurityGroupForDirectoryControllers *bool `type:"boolean"` 5631} 5632 5633// String returns the string representation 5634func (s AddIpRoutesInput) String() string { 5635 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5636} 5637 5638// GoString returns the string representation 5639func (s AddIpRoutesInput) GoString() string { 5640 return s.String() 5641} 5642 5643// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5644func (s *AddIpRoutesInput) Validate() error { 5645 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddIpRoutesInput"} 5646 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 5647 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 5648 } 5649 if s.IpRoutes == nil { 5650 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IpRoutes")) 5651 } 5652 5653 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5654 return invalidParams 5655 } 5656 return nil 5657} 5658 5659// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 5660func (s *AddIpRoutesInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *AddIpRoutesInput { 5661 s.DirectoryId = &v 5662 return s 5663} 5664 5665// SetIpRoutes sets the IpRoutes field's value. 5666func (s *AddIpRoutesInput) SetIpRoutes(v []*IpRoute) *AddIpRoutesInput { 5667 s.IpRoutes = v 5668 return s 5669} 5670 5671// SetUpdateSecurityGroupForDirectoryControllers sets the UpdateSecurityGroupForDirectoryControllers field's value. 5672func (s *AddIpRoutesInput) SetUpdateSecurityGroupForDirectoryControllers(v bool) *AddIpRoutesInput { 5673 s.UpdateSecurityGroupForDirectoryControllers = &v 5674 return s 5675} 5676 5677type AddIpRoutesOutput struct { 5678 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5679} 5680 5681// String returns the string representation 5682func (s AddIpRoutesOutput) String() string { 5683 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5684} 5685 5686// GoString returns the string representation 5687func (s AddIpRoutesOutput) GoString() string { 5688 return s.String() 5689} 5690 5691type AddTagsToResourceInput struct { 5692 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5693 5694 // Identifier (ID) for the directory to which to add the tag. 5695 // 5696 // ResourceId is a required field 5697 ResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 5698 5699 // The tags to be assigned to the directory. 5700 // 5701 // Tags is a required field 5702 Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` 5703} 5704 5705// String returns the string representation 5706func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) String() string { 5707 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5708} 5709 5710// GoString returns the string representation 5711func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) GoString() string { 5712 return s.String() 5713} 5714 5715// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5716func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) Validate() error { 5717 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddTagsToResourceInput"} 5718 if s.ResourceId == nil { 5719 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceId")) 5720 } 5721 if s.Tags == nil { 5722 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags")) 5723 } 5724 if s.Tags != nil { 5725 for i, v := range s.Tags { 5726 if v == nil { 5727 continue 5728 } 5729 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 5730 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5731 } 5732 } 5733 } 5734 5735 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5736 return invalidParams 5737 } 5738 return nil 5739} 5740 5741// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value. 5742func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) SetResourceId(v string) *AddTagsToResourceInput { 5743 s.ResourceId = &v 5744 return s 5745} 5746 5747// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 5748func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AddTagsToResourceInput { 5749 s.Tags = v 5750 return s 5751} 5752 5753type AddTagsToResourceOutput struct { 5754 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5755} 5756 5757// String returns the string representation 5758func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) String() string { 5759 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5760} 5761 5762// GoString returns the string representation 5763func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) GoString() string { 5764 return s.String() 5765} 5766 5767// Represents a named directory attribute. 5768type Attribute struct { 5769 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5770 5771 // The name of the attribute. 5772 Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 5773 5774 // The value of the attribute. 5775 Value *string `type:"string"` 5776} 5777 5778// String returns the string representation 5779func (s Attribute) String() string { 5780 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5781} 5782 5783// GoString returns the string representation 5784func (s Attribute) GoString() string { 5785 return s.String() 5786} 5787 5788// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5789func (s *Attribute) Validate() error { 5790 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Attribute"} 5791 if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { 5792 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) 5793 } 5794 5795 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5796 return invalidParams 5797 } 5798 return nil 5799} 5800 5801// SetName sets the Name field's value. 5802func (s *Attribute) SetName(v string) *Attribute { 5803 s.Name = &v 5804 return s 5805} 5806 5807// SetValue sets the Value field's value. 5808func (s *Attribute) SetValue(v string) *Attribute { 5809 s.Value = &v 5810 return s 5811} 5812 5813type CancelSchemaExtensionInput struct { 5814 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5815 5816 // The identifier of the directory whose schema extension will be canceled. 5817 // 5818 // DirectoryId is a required field 5819 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 5820 5821 // The identifier of the schema extension that will be canceled. 5822 // 5823 // SchemaExtensionId is a required field 5824 SchemaExtensionId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 5825} 5826 5827// String returns the string representation 5828func (s CancelSchemaExtensionInput) String() string { 5829 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5830} 5831 5832// GoString returns the string representation 5833func (s CancelSchemaExtensionInput) GoString() string { 5834 return s.String() 5835} 5836 5837// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5838func (s *CancelSchemaExtensionInput) Validate() error { 5839 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CancelSchemaExtensionInput"} 5840 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 5841 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 5842 } 5843 if s.SchemaExtensionId == nil { 5844 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SchemaExtensionId")) 5845 } 5846 5847 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5848 return invalidParams 5849 } 5850 return nil 5851} 5852 5853// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 5854func (s *CancelSchemaExtensionInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *CancelSchemaExtensionInput { 5855 s.DirectoryId = &v 5856 return s 5857} 5858 5859// SetSchemaExtensionId sets the SchemaExtensionId field's value. 5860func (s *CancelSchemaExtensionInput) SetSchemaExtensionId(v string) *CancelSchemaExtensionInput { 5861 s.SchemaExtensionId = &v 5862 return s 5863} 5864 5865type CancelSchemaExtensionOutput struct { 5866 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5867} 5868 5869// String returns the string representation 5870func (s CancelSchemaExtensionOutput) String() string { 5871 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5872} 5873 5874// GoString returns the string representation 5875func (s CancelSchemaExtensionOutput) GoString() string { 5876 return s.String() 5877} 5878 5879// Information about the certificate. 5880type Certificate struct { 5881 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5882 5883 // The identifier of the certificate. 5884 CertificateId *string `type:"string"` 5885 5886 // The common name for the certificate. 5887 CommonName *string `type:"string"` 5888 5889 // The date and time when the certificate will expire. 5890 ExpiryDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 5891 5892 // The date and time that the certificate was registered. 5893 RegisteredDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 5894 5895 // The state of the certificate. 5896 State *string `type:"string" enum:"CertificateState"` 5897 5898 // Describes a state change for the certificate. 5899 StateReason *string `type:"string"` 5900} 5901 5902// String returns the string representation 5903func (s Certificate) String() string { 5904 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5905} 5906 5907// GoString returns the string representation 5908func (s Certificate) GoString() string { 5909 return s.String() 5910} 5911 5912// SetCertificateId sets the CertificateId field's value. 5913func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateId(v string) *Certificate { 5914 s.CertificateId = &v 5915 return s 5916} 5917 5918// SetCommonName sets the CommonName field's value. 5919func (s *Certificate) SetCommonName(v string) *Certificate { 5920 s.CommonName = &v 5921 return s 5922} 5923 5924// SetExpiryDateTime sets the ExpiryDateTime field's value. 5925func (s *Certificate) SetExpiryDateTime(v time.Time) *Certificate { 5926 s.ExpiryDateTime = &v 5927 return s 5928} 5929 5930// SetRegisteredDateTime sets the RegisteredDateTime field's value. 5931func (s *Certificate) SetRegisteredDateTime(v time.Time) *Certificate { 5932 s.RegisteredDateTime = &v 5933 return s 5934} 5935 5936// SetState sets the State field's value. 5937func (s *Certificate) SetState(v string) *Certificate { 5938 s.State = &v 5939 return s 5940} 5941 5942// SetStateReason sets the StateReason field's value. 5943func (s *Certificate) SetStateReason(v string) *Certificate { 5944 s.StateReason = &v 5945 return s 5946} 5947 5948// Contains general information about a certificate. 5949type CertificateInfo struct { 5950 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5951 5952 // The identifier of the certificate. 5953 CertificateId *string `type:"string"` 5954 5955 // The common name for the certificate. 5956 CommonName *string `type:"string"` 5957 5958 // The state of the certificate. 5959 State *string `type:"string" enum:"CertificateState"` 5960} 5961 5962// String returns the string representation 5963func (s CertificateInfo) String() string { 5964 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5965} 5966 5967// GoString returns the string representation 5968func (s CertificateInfo) GoString() string { 5969 return s.String() 5970} 5971 5972// SetCertificateId sets the CertificateId field's value. 5973func (s *CertificateInfo) SetCertificateId(v string) *CertificateInfo { 5974 s.CertificateId = &v 5975 return s 5976} 5977 5978// SetCommonName sets the CommonName field's value. 5979func (s *CertificateInfo) SetCommonName(v string) *CertificateInfo { 5980 s.CommonName = &v 5981 return s 5982} 5983 5984// SetState sets the State field's value. 5985func (s *CertificateInfo) SetState(v string) *CertificateInfo { 5986 s.State = &v 5987 return s 5988} 5989 5990// Contains information about a computer account in a directory. 5991type Computer struct { 5992 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5993 5994 // An array of Attribute objects containing the LDAP attributes that belong 5995 // to the computer account. 5996 ComputerAttributes []*Attribute `type:"list"` 5997 5998 // The identifier of the computer. 5999 ComputerId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 6000 6001 // The computer name. 6002 ComputerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 6003} 6004 6005// String returns the string representation 6006func (s Computer) String() string { 6007 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6008} 6009 6010// GoString returns the string representation 6011func (s Computer) GoString() string { 6012 return s.String() 6013} 6014 6015// SetComputerAttributes sets the ComputerAttributes field's value. 6016func (s *Computer) SetComputerAttributes(v []*Attribute) *Computer { 6017 s.ComputerAttributes = v 6018 return s 6019} 6020 6021// SetComputerId sets the ComputerId field's value. 6022func (s *Computer) SetComputerId(v string) *Computer { 6023 s.ComputerId = &v 6024 return s 6025} 6026 6027// SetComputerName sets the ComputerName field's value. 6028func (s *Computer) SetComputerName(v string) *Computer { 6029 s.ComputerName = &v 6030 return s 6031} 6032 6033// Points to a remote domain with which you are setting up a trust relationship. 6034// Conditional forwarders are required in order to set up a trust relationship 6035// with another domain. 6036type ConditionalForwarder struct { 6037 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6038 6039 // The IP addresses of the remote DNS server associated with RemoteDomainName. 6040 // This is the IP address of the DNS server that your conditional forwarder 6041 // points to. 6042 DnsIpAddrs []*string `type:"list"` 6043 6044 // The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the remote domains pointed to by 6045 // the conditional forwarder. 6046 RemoteDomainName *string `type:"string"` 6047 6048 // The replication scope of the conditional forwarder. The only allowed value 6049 // is Domain, which will replicate the conditional forwarder to all of the domain 6050 // controllers for your AWS directory. 6051 ReplicationScope *string `type:"string" enum:"ReplicationScope"` 6052} 6053 6054// String returns the string representation 6055func (s ConditionalForwarder) String() string { 6056 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6057} 6058 6059// GoString returns the string representation 6060func (s ConditionalForwarder) GoString() string { 6061 return s.String() 6062} 6063 6064// SetDnsIpAddrs sets the DnsIpAddrs field's value. 6065func (s *ConditionalForwarder) SetDnsIpAddrs(v []*string) *ConditionalForwarder { 6066 s.DnsIpAddrs = v 6067 return s 6068} 6069 6070// SetRemoteDomainName sets the RemoteDomainName field's value. 6071func (s *ConditionalForwarder) SetRemoteDomainName(v string) *ConditionalForwarder { 6072 s.RemoteDomainName = &v 6073 return s 6074} 6075 6076// SetReplicationScope sets the ReplicationScope field's value. 6077func (s *ConditionalForwarder) SetReplicationScope(v string) *ConditionalForwarder { 6078 s.ReplicationScope = &v 6079 return s 6080} 6081 6082// Contains the inputs for the ConnectDirectory operation. 6083type ConnectDirectoryInput struct { 6084 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6085 6086 // A DirectoryConnectSettings object that contains additional information for 6087 // the operation. 6088 // 6089 // ConnectSettings is a required field 6090 ConnectSettings *DirectoryConnectSettings `type:"structure" required:"true"` 6091 6092 // A description for the directory. 6093 Description *string `type:"string"` 6094 6095 // The fully qualified name of the on-premises directory, such as corp.example.com. 6096 // 6097 // Name is a required field 6098 Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6099 6100 // The password for the on-premises user account. 6101 // 6102 // Password is a required field 6103 Password *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"` 6104 6105 // The NetBIOS name of the on-premises directory, such as CORP. 6106 ShortName *string `type:"string"` 6107 6108 // The size of the directory. 6109 // 6110 // Size is a required field 6111 Size *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DirectorySize"` 6112 6113 // The tags to be assigned to AD Connector. 6114 Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` 6115} 6116 6117// String returns the string representation 6118func (s ConnectDirectoryInput) String() string { 6119 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6120} 6121 6122// GoString returns the string representation 6123func (s ConnectDirectoryInput) GoString() string { 6124 return s.String() 6125} 6126 6127// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6128func (s *ConnectDirectoryInput) Validate() error { 6129 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ConnectDirectoryInput"} 6130 if s.ConnectSettings == nil { 6131 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConnectSettings")) 6132 } 6133 if s.Name == nil { 6134 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 6135 } 6136 if s.Password == nil { 6137 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Password")) 6138 } 6139 if s.Password != nil && len(*s.Password) < 1 { 6140 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Password", 1)) 6141 } 6142 if s.Size == nil { 6143 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Size")) 6144 } 6145 if s.ConnectSettings != nil { 6146 if err := s.ConnectSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 6147 invalidParams.AddNested("ConnectSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6148 } 6149 } 6150 if s.Tags != nil { 6151 for i, v := range s.Tags { 6152 if v == nil { 6153 continue 6154 } 6155 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 6156 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6157 } 6158 } 6159 } 6160 6161 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6162 return invalidParams 6163 } 6164 return nil 6165} 6166 6167// SetConnectSettings sets the ConnectSettings field's value. 6168func (s *ConnectDirectoryInput) SetConnectSettings(v *DirectoryConnectSettings) *ConnectDirectoryInput { 6169 s.ConnectSettings = v 6170 return s 6171} 6172 6173// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 6174func (s *ConnectDirectoryInput) SetDescription(v string) *ConnectDirectoryInput { 6175 s.Description = &v 6176 return s 6177} 6178 6179// SetName sets the Name field's value. 6180func (s *ConnectDirectoryInput) SetName(v string) *ConnectDirectoryInput { 6181 s.Name = &v 6182 return s 6183} 6184 6185// SetPassword sets the Password field's value. 6186func (s *ConnectDirectoryInput) SetPassword(v string) *ConnectDirectoryInput { 6187 s.Password = &v 6188 return s 6189} 6190 6191// SetShortName sets the ShortName field's value. 6192func (s *ConnectDirectoryInput) SetShortName(v string) *ConnectDirectoryInput { 6193 s.ShortName = &v 6194 return s 6195} 6196 6197// SetSize sets the Size field's value. 6198func (s *ConnectDirectoryInput) SetSize(v string) *ConnectDirectoryInput { 6199 s.Size = &v 6200 return s 6201} 6202 6203// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 6204func (s *ConnectDirectoryInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ConnectDirectoryInput { 6205 s.Tags = v 6206 return s 6207} 6208 6209// Contains the results of the ConnectDirectory operation. 6210type ConnectDirectoryOutput struct { 6211 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6212 6213 // The identifier of the new directory. 6214 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 6215} 6216 6217// String returns the string representation 6218func (s ConnectDirectoryOutput) String() string { 6219 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6220} 6221 6222// GoString returns the string representation 6223func (s ConnectDirectoryOutput) GoString() string { 6224 return s.String() 6225} 6226 6227// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 6228func (s *ConnectDirectoryOutput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *ConnectDirectoryOutput { 6229 s.DirectoryId = &v 6230 return s 6231} 6232 6233// Contains the inputs for the CreateAlias operation. 6234type CreateAliasInput struct { 6235 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6236 6237 // The requested alias. 6238 // 6239 // The alias must be unique amongst all aliases in AWS. This operation throws 6240 // an EntityAlreadyExistsException error if the alias already exists. 6241 // 6242 // Alias is a required field 6243 Alias *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 6244 6245 // The identifier of the directory for which to create the alias. 6246 // 6247 // DirectoryId is a required field 6248 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6249} 6250 6251// String returns the string representation 6252func (s CreateAliasInput) String() string { 6253 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6254} 6255 6256// GoString returns the string representation 6257func (s CreateAliasInput) GoString() string { 6258 return s.String() 6259} 6260 6261// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6262func (s *CreateAliasInput) Validate() error { 6263 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateAliasInput"} 6264 if s.Alias == nil { 6265 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Alias")) 6266 } 6267 if s.Alias != nil && len(*s.Alias) < 1 { 6268 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Alias", 1)) 6269 } 6270 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 6271 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 6272 } 6273 6274 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6275 return invalidParams 6276 } 6277 return nil 6278} 6279 6280// SetAlias sets the Alias field's value. 6281func (s *CreateAliasInput) SetAlias(v string) *CreateAliasInput { 6282 s.Alias = &v 6283 return s 6284} 6285 6286// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 6287func (s *CreateAliasInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *CreateAliasInput { 6288 s.DirectoryId = &v 6289 return s 6290} 6291 6292// Contains the results of the CreateAlias operation. 6293type CreateAliasOutput struct { 6294 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6295 6296 // The alias for the directory. 6297 Alias *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 6298 6299 // The identifier of the directory. 6300 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 6301} 6302 6303// String returns the string representation 6304func (s CreateAliasOutput) String() string { 6305 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6306} 6307 6308// GoString returns the string representation 6309func (s CreateAliasOutput) GoString() string { 6310 return s.String() 6311} 6312 6313// SetAlias sets the Alias field's value. 6314func (s *CreateAliasOutput) SetAlias(v string) *CreateAliasOutput { 6315 s.Alias = &v 6316 return s 6317} 6318 6319// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 6320func (s *CreateAliasOutput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *CreateAliasOutput { 6321 s.DirectoryId = &v 6322 return s 6323} 6324 6325// Contains the inputs for the CreateComputer operation. 6326type CreateComputerInput struct { 6327 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6328 6329 // An array of Attribute objects that contain any LDAP attributes to apply to 6330 // the computer account. 6331 ComputerAttributes []*Attribute `type:"list"` 6332 6333 // The name of the computer account. 6334 // 6335 // ComputerName is a required field 6336 ComputerName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 6337 6338 // The identifier of the directory in which to create the computer account. 6339 // 6340 // DirectoryId is a required field 6341 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6342 6343 // The fully-qualified distinguished name of the organizational unit to place 6344 // the computer account in. 6345 OrganizationalUnitDistinguishedName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 6346 6347 // A one-time password that is used to join the computer to the directory. You 6348 // should generate a random, strong password to use for this parameter. 6349 // 6350 // Password is a required field 6351 Password *string `min:"8" type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"` 6352} 6353 6354// String returns the string representation 6355func (s CreateComputerInput) String() string { 6356 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6357} 6358 6359// GoString returns the string representation 6360func (s CreateComputerInput) GoString() string { 6361 return s.String() 6362} 6363 6364// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6365func (s *CreateComputerInput) Validate() error { 6366 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateComputerInput"} 6367 if s.ComputerName == nil { 6368 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ComputerName")) 6369 } 6370 if s.ComputerName != nil && len(*s.ComputerName) < 1 { 6371 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ComputerName", 1)) 6372 } 6373 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 6374 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 6375 } 6376 if s.OrganizationalUnitDistinguishedName != nil && len(*s.OrganizationalUnitDistinguishedName) < 1 { 6377 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OrganizationalUnitDistinguishedName", 1)) 6378 } 6379 if s.Password == nil { 6380 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Password")) 6381 } 6382 if s.Password != nil && len(*s.Password) < 8 { 6383 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Password", 8)) 6384 } 6385 if s.ComputerAttributes != nil { 6386 for i, v := range s.ComputerAttributes { 6387 if v == nil { 6388 continue 6389 } 6390 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 6391 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ComputerAttributes", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6392 } 6393 } 6394 } 6395 6396 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6397 return invalidParams 6398 } 6399 return nil 6400} 6401 6402// SetComputerAttributes sets the ComputerAttributes field's value. 6403func (s *CreateComputerInput) SetComputerAttributes(v []*Attribute) *CreateComputerInput { 6404 s.ComputerAttributes = v 6405 return s 6406} 6407 6408// SetComputerName sets the ComputerName field's value. 6409func (s *CreateComputerInput) SetComputerName(v string) *CreateComputerInput { 6410 s.ComputerName = &v 6411 return s 6412} 6413 6414// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 6415func (s *CreateComputerInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *CreateComputerInput { 6416 s.DirectoryId = &v 6417 return s 6418} 6419 6420// SetOrganizationalUnitDistinguishedName sets the OrganizationalUnitDistinguishedName field's value. 6421func (s *CreateComputerInput) SetOrganizationalUnitDistinguishedName(v string) *CreateComputerInput { 6422 s.OrganizationalUnitDistinguishedName = &v 6423 return s 6424} 6425 6426// SetPassword sets the Password field's value. 6427func (s *CreateComputerInput) SetPassword(v string) *CreateComputerInput { 6428 s.Password = &v 6429 return s 6430} 6431 6432// Contains the results for the CreateComputer operation. 6433type CreateComputerOutput struct { 6434 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6435 6436 // A Computer object that represents the computer account. 6437 Computer *Computer `type:"structure"` 6438} 6439 6440// String returns the string representation 6441func (s CreateComputerOutput) String() string { 6442 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6443} 6444 6445// GoString returns the string representation 6446func (s CreateComputerOutput) GoString() string { 6447 return s.String() 6448} 6449 6450// SetComputer sets the Computer field's value. 6451func (s *CreateComputerOutput) SetComputer(v *Computer) *CreateComputerOutput { 6452 s.Computer = v 6453 return s 6454} 6455 6456// Initiates the creation of a conditional forwarder for your AWS Directory 6457// Service for Microsoft Active Directory. Conditional forwarders are required 6458// in order to set up a trust relationship with another domain. 6459type CreateConditionalForwarderInput struct { 6460 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6461 6462 // The directory ID of the AWS directory for which you are creating the conditional 6463 // forwarder. 6464 // 6465 // DirectoryId is a required field 6466 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6467 6468 // The IP addresses of the remote DNS server associated with RemoteDomainName. 6469 // 6470 // DnsIpAddrs is a required field 6471 DnsIpAddrs []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` 6472 6473 // The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the remote domain with which you 6474 // will set up a trust relationship. 6475 // 6476 // RemoteDomainName is a required field 6477 RemoteDomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6478} 6479 6480// String returns the string representation 6481func (s CreateConditionalForwarderInput) String() string { 6482 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6483} 6484 6485// GoString returns the string representation 6486func (s CreateConditionalForwarderInput) GoString() string { 6487 return s.String() 6488} 6489 6490// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6491func (s *CreateConditionalForwarderInput) Validate() error { 6492 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateConditionalForwarderInput"} 6493 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 6494 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 6495 } 6496 if s.DnsIpAddrs == nil { 6497 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DnsIpAddrs")) 6498 } 6499 if s.RemoteDomainName == nil { 6500 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RemoteDomainName")) 6501 } 6502 6503 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6504 return invalidParams 6505 } 6506 return nil 6507} 6508 6509// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 6510func (s *CreateConditionalForwarderInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *CreateConditionalForwarderInput { 6511 s.DirectoryId = &v 6512 return s 6513} 6514 6515// SetDnsIpAddrs sets the DnsIpAddrs field's value. 6516func (s *CreateConditionalForwarderInput) SetDnsIpAddrs(v []*string) *CreateConditionalForwarderInput { 6517 s.DnsIpAddrs = v 6518 return s 6519} 6520 6521// SetRemoteDomainName sets the RemoteDomainName field's value. 6522func (s *CreateConditionalForwarderInput) SetRemoteDomainName(v string) *CreateConditionalForwarderInput { 6523 s.RemoteDomainName = &v 6524 return s 6525} 6526 6527// The result of a CreateConditinalForwarder request. 6528type CreateConditionalForwarderOutput struct { 6529 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6530} 6531 6532// String returns the string representation 6533func (s CreateConditionalForwarderOutput) String() string { 6534 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6535} 6536 6537// GoString returns the string representation 6538func (s CreateConditionalForwarderOutput) GoString() string { 6539 return s.String() 6540} 6541 6542// Contains the inputs for the CreateDirectory operation. 6543type CreateDirectoryInput struct { 6544 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6545 6546 // A description for the directory. 6547 Description *string `type:"string"` 6548 6549 // The fully qualified name for the directory, such as corp.example.com. 6550 // 6551 // Name is a required field 6552 Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6553 6554 // The password for the directory administrator. The directory creation process 6555 // creates a directory administrator account with the user name Administrator 6556 // and this password. 6557 // 6558 // If you need to change the password for the administrator account, you can 6559 // use the ResetUserPassword API call. 6560 // 6561 // Password is a required field 6562 Password *string `type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"` 6563 6564 // The NetBIOS name of the directory, such as CORP. 6565 ShortName *string `type:"string"` 6566 6567 // The size of the directory. 6568 // 6569 // Size is a required field 6570 Size *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DirectorySize"` 6571 6572 // The tags to be assigned to the Simple AD directory. 6573 Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` 6574 6575 // A DirectoryVpcSettings object that contains additional information for the 6576 // operation. 6577 VpcSettings *DirectoryVpcSettings `type:"structure"` 6578} 6579 6580// String returns the string representation 6581func (s CreateDirectoryInput) String() string { 6582 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6583} 6584 6585// GoString returns the string representation 6586func (s CreateDirectoryInput) GoString() string { 6587 return s.String() 6588} 6589 6590// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6591func (s *CreateDirectoryInput) Validate() error { 6592 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDirectoryInput"} 6593 if s.Name == nil { 6594 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 6595 } 6596 if s.Password == nil { 6597 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Password")) 6598 } 6599 if s.Size == nil { 6600 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Size")) 6601 } 6602 if s.Tags != nil { 6603 for i, v := range s.Tags { 6604 if v == nil { 6605 continue 6606 } 6607 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 6608 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6609 } 6610 } 6611 } 6612 if s.VpcSettings != nil { 6613 if err := s.VpcSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 6614 invalidParams.AddNested("VpcSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6615 } 6616 } 6617 6618 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6619 return invalidParams 6620 } 6621 return nil 6622} 6623 6624// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 6625func (s *CreateDirectoryInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateDirectoryInput { 6626 s.Description = &v 6627 return s 6628} 6629 6630// SetName sets the Name field's value. 6631func (s *CreateDirectoryInput) SetName(v string) *CreateDirectoryInput { 6632 s.Name = &v 6633 return s 6634} 6635 6636// SetPassword sets the Password field's value. 6637func (s *CreateDirectoryInput) SetPassword(v string) *CreateDirectoryInput { 6638 s.Password = &v 6639 return s 6640} 6641 6642// SetShortName sets the ShortName field's value. 6643func (s *CreateDirectoryInput) SetShortName(v string) *CreateDirectoryInput { 6644 s.ShortName = &v 6645 return s 6646} 6647 6648// SetSize sets the Size field's value. 6649func (s *CreateDirectoryInput) SetSize(v string) *CreateDirectoryInput { 6650 s.Size = &v 6651 return s 6652} 6653 6654// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 6655func (s *CreateDirectoryInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDirectoryInput { 6656 s.Tags = v 6657 return s 6658} 6659 6660// SetVpcSettings sets the VpcSettings field's value. 6661func (s *CreateDirectoryInput) SetVpcSettings(v *DirectoryVpcSettings) *CreateDirectoryInput { 6662 s.VpcSettings = v 6663 return s 6664} 6665 6666// Contains the results of the CreateDirectory operation. 6667type CreateDirectoryOutput struct { 6668 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6669 6670 // The identifier of the directory that was created. 6671 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 6672} 6673 6674// String returns the string representation 6675func (s CreateDirectoryOutput) String() string { 6676 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6677} 6678 6679// GoString returns the string representation 6680func (s CreateDirectoryOutput) GoString() string { 6681 return s.String() 6682} 6683 6684// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 6685func (s *CreateDirectoryOutput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *CreateDirectoryOutput { 6686 s.DirectoryId = &v 6687 return s 6688} 6689 6690type CreateLogSubscriptionInput struct { 6691 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6692 6693 // Identifier of the directory to which you want to subscribe and receive real-time 6694 // logs to your specified CloudWatch log group. 6695 // 6696 // DirectoryId is a required field 6697 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6698 6699 // The name of the CloudWatch log group where the real-time domain controller 6700 // logs are forwarded. 6701 // 6702 // LogGroupName is a required field 6703 LogGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 6704} 6705 6706// String returns the string representation 6707func (s CreateLogSubscriptionInput) String() string { 6708 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6709} 6710 6711// GoString returns the string representation 6712func (s CreateLogSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 6713 return s.String() 6714} 6715 6716// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6717func (s *CreateLogSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 6718 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateLogSubscriptionInput"} 6719 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 6720 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 6721 } 6722 if s.LogGroupName == nil { 6723 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LogGroupName")) 6724 } 6725 if s.LogGroupName != nil && len(*s.LogGroupName) < 1 { 6726 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LogGroupName", 1)) 6727 } 6728 6729 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6730 return invalidParams 6731 } 6732 return nil 6733} 6734 6735// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 6736func (s *CreateLogSubscriptionInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *CreateLogSubscriptionInput { 6737 s.DirectoryId = &v 6738 return s 6739} 6740 6741// SetLogGroupName sets the LogGroupName field's value. 6742func (s *CreateLogSubscriptionInput) SetLogGroupName(v string) *CreateLogSubscriptionInput { 6743 s.LogGroupName = &v 6744 return s 6745} 6746 6747type CreateLogSubscriptionOutput struct { 6748 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6749} 6750 6751// String returns the string representation 6752func (s CreateLogSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 6753 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6754} 6755 6756// GoString returns the string representation 6757func (s CreateLogSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 6758 return s.String() 6759} 6760 6761// Creates an AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory. 6762type CreateMicrosoftADInput struct { 6763 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6764 6765 // A description for the directory. This label will appear on the AWS console 6766 // Directory Details page after the directory is created. 6767 Description *string `type:"string"` 6768 6769 // AWS Managed Microsoft AD is available in two editions: Standard and Enterprise. 6770 // Enterprise is the default. 6771 Edition *string `type:"string" enum:"DirectoryEdition"` 6772 6773 // The fully qualified domain name for the AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory, 6774 // such as corp.example.com. This name will resolve inside your VPC only. It 6775 // does not need to be publicly resolvable. 6776 // 6777 // Name is a required field 6778 Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6779 6780 // The password for the default administrative user named Admin. 6781 // 6782 // If you need to change the password for the administrator account, you can 6783 // use the ResetUserPassword API call. 6784 // 6785 // Password is a required field 6786 Password *string `type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"` 6787 6788 // The NetBIOS name for your domain, such as CORP. If you don't specify a NetBIOS 6789 // name, it will default to the first part of your directory DNS. For example, 6790 // CORP for the directory DNS corp.example.com. 6791 ShortName *string `type:"string"` 6792 6793 // The tags to be assigned to the AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory. 6794 Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` 6795 6796 // Contains VPC information for the CreateDirectory or CreateMicrosoftAD operation. 6797 // 6798 // VpcSettings is a required field 6799 VpcSettings *DirectoryVpcSettings `type:"structure" required:"true"` 6800} 6801 6802// String returns the string representation 6803func (s CreateMicrosoftADInput) String() string { 6804 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6805} 6806 6807// GoString returns the string representation 6808func (s CreateMicrosoftADInput) GoString() string { 6809 return s.String() 6810} 6811 6812// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6813func (s *CreateMicrosoftADInput) Validate() error { 6814 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateMicrosoftADInput"} 6815 if s.Name == nil { 6816 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 6817 } 6818 if s.Password == nil { 6819 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Password")) 6820 } 6821 if s.VpcSettings == nil { 6822 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcSettings")) 6823 } 6824 if s.Tags != nil { 6825 for i, v := range s.Tags { 6826 if v == nil { 6827 continue 6828 } 6829 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 6830 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6831 } 6832 } 6833 } 6834 if s.VpcSettings != nil { 6835 if err := s.VpcSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 6836 invalidParams.AddNested("VpcSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6837 } 6838 } 6839 6840 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6841 return invalidParams 6842 } 6843 return nil 6844} 6845 6846// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 6847func (s *CreateMicrosoftADInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateMicrosoftADInput { 6848 s.Description = &v 6849 return s 6850} 6851 6852// SetEdition sets the Edition field's value. 6853func (s *CreateMicrosoftADInput) SetEdition(v string) *CreateMicrosoftADInput { 6854 s.Edition = &v 6855 return s 6856} 6857 6858// SetName sets the Name field's value. 6859func (s *CreateMicrosoftADInput) SetName(v string) *CreateMicrosoftADInput { 6860 s.Name = &v 6861 return s 6862} 6863 6864// SetPassword sets the Password field's value. 6865func (s *CreateMicrosoftADInput) SetPassword(v string) *CreateMicrosoftADInput { 6866 s.Password = &v 6867 return s 6868} 6869 6870// SetShortName sets the ShortName field's value. 6871func (s *CreateMicrosoftADInput) SetShortName(v string) *CreateMicrosoftADInput { 6872 s.ShortName = &v 6873 return s 6874} 6875 6876// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 6877func (s *CreateMicrosoftADInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateMicrosoftADInput { 6878 s.Tags = v 6879 return s 6880} 6881 6882// SetVpcSettings sets the VpcSettings field's value. 6883func (s *CreateMicrosoftADInput) SetVpcSettings(v *DirectoryVpcSettings) *CreateMicrosoftADInput { 6884 s.VpcSettings = v 6885 return s 6886} 6887 6888// Result of a CreateMicrosoftAD request. 6889type CreateMicrosoftADOutput struct { 6890 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6891 6892 // The identifier of the directory that was created. 6893 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 6894} 6895 6896// String returns the string representation 6897func (s CreateMicrosoftADOutput) String() string { 6898 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6899} 6900 6901// GoString returns the string representation 6902func (s CreateMicrosoftADOutput) GoString() string { 6903 return s.String() 6904} 6905 6906// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 6907func (s *CreateMicrosoftADOutput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *CreateMicrosoftADOutput { 6908 s.DirectoryId = &v 6909 return s 6910} 6911 6912// Contains the inputs for the CreateSnapshot operation. 6913type CreateSnapshotInput struct { 6914 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6915 6916 // The identifier of the directory of which to take a snapshot. 6917 // 6918 // DirectoryId is a required field 6919 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 6920 6921 // The descriptive name to apply to the snapshot. 6922 Name *string `type:"string"` 6923} 6924 6925// String returns the string representation 6926func (s CreateSnapshotInput) String() string { 6927 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6928} 6929 6930// GoString returns the string representation 6931func (s CreateSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 6932 return s.String() 6933} 6934 6935// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6936func (s *CreateSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 6937 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateSnapshotInput"} 6938 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 6939 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 6940 } 6941 6942 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6943 return invalidParams 6944 } 6945 return nil 6946} 6947 6948// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 6949func (s *CreateSnapshotInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *CreateSnapshotInput { 6950 s.DirectoryId = &v 6951 return s 6952} 6953 6954// SetName sets the Name field's value. 6955func (s *CreateSnapshotInput) SetName(v string) *CreateSnapshotInput { 6956 s.Name = &v 6957 return s 6958} 6959 6960// Contains the results of the CreateSnapshot operation. 6961type CreateSnapshotOutput struct { 6962 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6963 6964 // The identifier of the snapshot that was created. 6965 SnapshotId *string `type:"string"` 6966} 6967 6968// String returns the string representation 6969func (s CreateSnapshotOutput) String() string { 6970 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6971} 6972 6973// GoString returns the string representation 6974func (s CreateSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 6975 return s.String() 6976} 6977 6978// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value. 6979func (s *CreateSnapshotOutput) SetSnapshotId(v string) *CreateSnapshotOutput { 6980 s.SnapshotId = &v 6981 return s 6982} 6983 6984// AWS Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory allows you to configure 6985// trust relationships. For example, you can establish a trust between your 6986// AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory, and your existing on-premises Microsoft 6987// Active Directory. This would allow you to provide users and groups access 6988// to resources in either domain, with a single set of credentials. 6989// 6990// This action initiates the creation of the AWS side of a trust relationship 6991// between an AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory and an external domain. 6992type CreateTrustInput struct { 6993 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6994 6995 // The IP addresses of the remote DNS server associated with RemoteDomainName. 6996 ConditionalForwarderIpAddrs []*string `type:"list"` 6997 6998 // The Directory ID of the AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory for which to establish 6999 // the trust relationship. 7000 // 7001 // DirectoryId is a required field 7002 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7003 7004 // The Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) of the external domain for which to 7005 // create the trust relationship. 7006 // 7007 // RemoteDomainName is a required field 7008 RemoteDomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7009 7010 // Optional parameter to enable selective authentication for the trust. 7011 SelectiveAuth *string `type:"string" enum:"SelectiveAuth"` 7012 7013 // The direction of the trust relationship. 7014 // 7015 // TrustDirection is a required field 7016 TrustDirection *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TrustDirection"` 7017 7018 // The trust password. The must be the same password that was used when creating 7019 // the trust relationship on the external domain. 7020 // 7021 // TrustPassword is a required field 7022 TrustPassword *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"` 7023 7024 // The trust relationship type. Forest is the default. 7025 TrustType *string `type:"string" enum:"TrustType"` 7026} 7027 7028// String returns the string representation 7029func (s CreateTrustInput) String() string { 7030 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7031} 7032 7033// GoString returns the string representation 7034func (s CreateTrustInput) GoString() string { 7035 return s.String() 7036} 7037 7038// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7039func (s *CreateTrustInput) Validate() error { 7040 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateTrustInput"} 7041 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 7042 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 7043 } 7044 if s.RemoteDomainName == nil { 7045 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RemoteDomainName")) 7046 } 7047 if s.TrustDirection == nil { 7048 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TrustDirection")) 7049 } 7050 if s.TrustPassword == nil { 7051 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TrustPassword")) 7052 } 7053 if s.TrustPassword != nil && len(*s.TrustPassword) < 1 { 7054 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TrustPassword", 1)) 7055 } 7056 7057 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7058 return invalidParams 7059 } 7060 return nil 7061} 7062 7063// SetConditionalForwarderIpAddrs sets the ConditionalForwarderIpAddrs field's value. 7064func (s *CreateTrustInput) SetConditionalForwarderIpAddrs(v []*string) *CreateTrustInput { 7065 s.ConditionalForwarderIpAddrs = v 7066 return s 7067} 7068 7069// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 7070func (s *CreateTrustInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *CreateTrustInput { 7071 s.DirectoryId = &v 7072 return s 7073} 7074 7075// SetRemoteDomainName sets the RemoteDomainName field's value. 7076func (s *CreateTrustInput) SetRemoteDomainName(v string) *CreateTrustInput { 7077 s.RemoteDomainName = &v 7078 return s 7079} 7080 7081// SetSelectiveAuth sets the SelectiveAuth field's value. 7082func (s *CreateTrustInput) SetSelectiveAuth(v string) *CreateTrustInput { 7083 s.SelectiveAuth = &v 7084 return s 7085} 7086 7087// SetTrustDirection sets the TrustDirection field's value. 7088func (s *CreateTrustInput) SetTrustDirection(v string) *CreateTrustInput { 7089 s.TrustDirection = &v 7090 return s 7091} 7092 7093// SetTrustPassword sets the TrustPassword field's value. 7094func (s *CreateTrustInput) SetTrustPassword(v string) *CreateTrustInput { 7095 s.TrustPassword = &v 7096 return s 7097} 7098 7099// SetTrustType sets the TrustType field's value. 7100func (s *CreateTrustInput) SetTrustType(v string) *CreateTrustInput { 7101 s.TrustType = &v 7102 return s 7103} 7104 7105// The result of a CreateTrust request. 7106type CreateTrustOutput struct { 7107 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7108 7109 // A unique identifier for the trust relationship that was created. 7110 TrustId *string `type:"string"` 7111} 7112 7113// String returns the string representation 7114func (s CreateTrustOutput) String() string { 7115 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7116} 7117 7118// GoString returns the string representation 7119func (s CreateTrustOutput) GoString() string { 7120 return s.String() 7121} 7122 7123// SetTrustId sets the TrustId field's value. 7124func (s *CreateTrustOutput) SetTrustId(v string) *CreateTrustOutput { 7125 s.TrustId = &v 7126 return s 7127} 7128 7129// Deletes a conditional forwarder. 7130type DeleteConditionalForwarderInput struct { 7131 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7132 7133 // The directory ID for which you are deleting the conditional forwarder. 7134 // 7135 // DirectoryId is a required field 7136 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7137 7138 // The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the remote domain with which you 7139 // are deleting the conditional forwarder. 7140 // 7141 // RemoteDomainName is a required field 7142 RemoteDomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7143} 7144 7145// String returns the string representation 7146func (s DeleteConditionalForwarderInput) String() string { 7147 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7148} 7149 7150// GoString returns the string representation 7151func (s DeleteConditionalForwarderInput) GoString() string { 7152 return s.String() 7153} 7154 7155// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7156func (s *DeleteConditionalForwarderInput) Validate() error { 7157 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteConditionalForwarderInput"} 7158 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 7159 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 7160 } 7161 if s.RemoteDomainName == nil { 7162 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RemoteDomainName")) 7163 } 7164 7165 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7166 return invalidParams 7167 } 7168 return nil 7169} 7170 7171// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 7172func (s *DeleteConditionalForwarderInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DeleteConditionalForwarderInput { 7173 s.DirectoryId = &v 7174 return s 7175} 7176 7177// SetRemoteDomainName sets the RemoteDomainName field's value. 7178func (s *DeleteConditionalForwarderInput) SetRemoteDomainName(v string) *DeleteConditionalForwarderInput { 7179 s.RemoteDomainName = &v 7180 return s 7181} 7182 7183// The result of a DeleteConditionalForwarder request. 7184type DeleteConditionalForwarderOutput struct { 7185 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7186} 7187 7188// String returns the string representation 7189func (s DeleteConditionalForwarderOutput) String() string { 7190 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7191} 7192 7193// GoString returns the string representation 7194func (s DeleteConditionalForwarderOutput) GoString() string { 7195 return s.String() 7196} 7197 7198// Contains the inputs for the DeleteDirectory operation. 7199type DeleteDirectoryInput struct { 7200 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7201 7202 // The identifier of the directory to delete. 7203 // 7204 // DirectoryId is a required field 7205 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7206} 7207 7208// String returns the string representation 7209func (s DeleteDirectoryInput) String() string { 7210 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7211} 7212 7213// GoString returns the string representation 7214func (s DeleteDirectoryInput) GoString() string { 7215 return s.String() 7216} 7217 7218// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7219func (s *DeleteDirectoryInput) Validate() error { 7220 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDirectoryInput"} 7221 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 7222 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 7223 } 7224 7225 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7226 return invalidParams 7227 } 7228 return nil 7229} 7230 7231// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 7232func (s *DeleteDirectoryInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DeleteDirectoryInput { 7233 s.DirectoryId = &v 7234 return s 7235} 7236 7237// Contains the results of the DeleteDirectory operation. 7238type DeleteDirectoryOutput struct { 7239 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7240 7241 // The directory identifier. 7242 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 7243} 7244 7245// String returns the string representation 7246func (s DeleteDirectoryOutput) String() string { 7247 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7248} 7249 7250// GoString returns the string representation 7251func (s DeleteDirectoryOutput) GoString() string { 7252 return s.String() 7253} 7254 7255// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 7256func (s *DeleteDirectoryOutput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DeleteDirectoryOutput { 7257 s.DirectoryId = &v 7258 return s 7259} 7260 7261type DeleteLogSubscriptionInput struct { 7262 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7263 7264 // Identifier of the directory whose log subscription you want to delete. 7265 // 7266 // DirectoryId is a required field 7267 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7268} 7269 7270// String returns the string representation 7271func (s DeleteLogSubscriptionInput) String() string { 7272 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7273} 7274 7275// GoString returns the string representation 7276func (s DeleteLogSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 7277 return s.String() 7278} 7279 7280// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7281func (s *DeleteLogSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 7282 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteLogSubscriptionInput"} 7283 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 7284 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 7285 } 7286 7287 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7288 return invalidParams 7289 } 7290 return nil 7291} 7292 7293// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 7294func (s *DeleteLogSubscriptionInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DeleteLogSubscriptionInput { 7295 s.DirectoryId = &v 7296 return s 7297} 7298 7299type DeleteLogSubscriptionOutput struct { 7300 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7301} 7302 7303// String returns the string representation 7304func (s DeleteLogSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 7305 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7306} 7307 7308// GoString returns the string representation 7309func (s DeleteLogSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 7310 return s.String() 7311} 7312 7313// Contains the inputs for the DeleteSnapshot operation. 7314type DeleteSnapshotInput struct { 7315 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7316 7317 // The identifier of the directory snapshot to be deleted. 7318 // 7319 // SnapshotId is a required field 7320 SnapshotId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7321} 7322 7323// String returns the string representation 7324func (s DeleteSnapshotInput) String() string { 7325 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7326} 7327 7328// GoString returns the string representation 7329func (s DeleteSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 7330 return s.String() 7331} 7332 7333// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7334func (s *DeleteSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 7335 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteSnapshotInput"} 7336 if s.SnapshotId == nil { 7337 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotId")) 7338 } 7339 7340 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7341 return invalidParams 7342 } 7343 return nil 7344} 7345 7346// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value. 7347func (s *DeleteSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotId(v string) *DeleteSnapshotInput { 7348 s.SnapshotId = &v 7349 return s 7350} 7351 7352// Contains the results of the DeleteSnapshot operation. 7353type DeleteSnapshotOutput struct { 7354 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7355 7356 // The identifier of the directory snapshot that was deleted. 7357 SnapshotId *string `type:"string"` 7358} 7359 7360// String returns the string representation 7361func (s DeleteSnapshotOutput) String() string { 7362 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7363} 7364 7365// GoString returns the string representation 7366func (s DeleteSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 7367 return s.String() 7368} 7369 7370// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value. 7371func (s *DeleteSnapshotOutput) SetSnapshotId(v string) *DeleteSnapshotOutput { 7372 s.SnapshotId = &v 7373 return s 7374} 7375 7376// Deletes the local side of an existing trust relationship between the AWS 7377// Managed Microsoft AD directory and the external domain. 7378type DeleteTrustInput struct { 7379 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7380 7381 // Delete a conditional forwarder as part of a DeleteTrustRequest. 7382 DeleteAssociatedConditionalForwarder *bool `type:"boolean"` 7383 7384 // The Trust ID of the trust relationship to be deleted. 7385 // 7386 // TrustId is a required field 7387 TrustId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7388} 7389 7390// String returns the string representation 7391func (s DeleteTrustInput) String() string { 7392 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7393} 7394 7395// GoString returns the string representation 7396func (s DeleteTrustInput) GoString() string { 7397 return s.String() 7398} 7399 7400// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7401func (s *DeleteTrustInput) Validate() error { 7402 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteTrustInput"} 7403 if s.TrustId == nil { 7404 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TrustId")) 7405 } 7406 7407 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7408 return invalidParams 7409 } 7410 return nil 7411} 7412 7413// SetDeleteAssociatedConditionalForwarder sets the DeleteAssociatedConditionalForwarder field's value. 7414func (s *DeleteTrustInput) SetDeleteAssociatedConditionalForwarder(v bool) *DeleteTrustInput { 7415 s.DeleteAssociatedConditionalForwarder = &v 7416 return s 7417} 7418 7419// SetTrustId sets the TrustId field's value. 7420func (s *DeleteTrustInput) SetTrustId(v string) *DeleteTrustInput { 7421 s.TrustId = &v 7422 return s 7423} 7424 7425// The result of a DeleteTrust request. 7426type DeleteTrustOutput struct { 7427 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7428 7429 // The Trust ID of the trust relationship that was deleted. 7430 TrustId *string `type:"string"` 7431} 7432 7433// String returns the string representation 7434func (s DeleteTrustOutput) String() string { 7435 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7436} 7437 7438// GoString returns the string representation 7439func (s DeleteTrustOutput) GoString() string { 7440 return s.String() 7441} 7442 7443// SetTrustId sets the TrustId field's value. 7444func (s *DeleteTrustOutput) SetTrustId(v string) *DeleteTrustOutput { 7445 s.TrustId = &v 7446 return s 7447} 7448 7449type DeregisterCertificateInput struct { 7450 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7451 7452 // The identifier of the certificate. 7453 // 7454 // CertificateId is a required field 7455 CertificateId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7456 7457 // The identifier of the directory. 7458 // 7459 // DirectoryId is a required field 7460 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7461} 7462 7463// String returns the string representation 7464func (s DeregisterCertificateInput) String() string { 7465 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7466} 7467 7468// GoString returns the string representation 7469func (s DeregisterCertificateInput) GoString() string { 7470 return s.String() 7471} 7472 7473// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7474func (s *DeregisterCertificateInput) Validate() error { 7475 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeregisterCertificateInput"} 7476 if s.CertificateId == nil { 7477 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CertificateId")) 7478 } 7479 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 7480 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 7481 } 7482 7483 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7484 return invalidParams 7485 } 7486 return nil 7487} 7488 7489// SetCertificateId sets the CertificateId field's value. 7490func (s *DeregisterCertificateInput) SetCertificateId(v string) *DeregisterCertificateInput { 7491 s.CertificateId = &v 7492 return s 7493} 7494 7495// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 7496func (s *DeregisterCertificateInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DeregisterCertificateInput { 7497 s.DirectoryId = &v 7498 return s 7499} 7500 7501type DeregisterCertificateOutput struct { 7502 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7503} 7504 7505// String returns the string representation 7506func (s DeregisterCertificateOutput) String() string { 7507 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7508} 7509 7510// GoString returns the string representation 7511func (s DeregisterCertificateOutput) GoString() string { 7512 return s.String() 7513} 7514 7515// Removes the specified directory as a publisher to the specified SNS topic. 7516type DeregisterEventTopicInput struct { 7517 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7518 7519 // The Directory ID to remove as a publisher. This directory will no longer 7520 // send messages to the specified SNS topic. 7521 // 7522 // DirectoryId is a required field 7523 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7524 7525 // The name of the SNS topic from which to remove the directory as a publisher. 7526 // 7527 // TopicName is a required field 7528 TopicName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 7529} 7530 7531// String returns the string representation 7532func (s DeregisterEventTopicInput) String() string { 7533 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7534} 7535 7536// GoString returns the string representation 7537func (s DeregisterEventTopicInput) GoString() string { 7538 return s.String() 7539} 7540 7541// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7542func (s *DeregisterEventTopicInput) Validate() error { 7543 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeregisterEventTopicInput"} 7544 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 7545 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 7546 } 7547 if s.TopicName == nil { 7548 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TopicName")) 7549 } 7550 if s.TopicName != nil && len(*s.TopicName) < 1 { 7551 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TopicName", 1)) 7552 } 7553 7554 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7555 return invalidParams 7556 } 7557 return nil 7558} 7559 7560// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 7561func (s *DeregisterEventTopicInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DeregisterEventTopicInput { 7562 s.DirectoryId = &v 7563 return s 7564} 7565 7566// SetTopicName sets the TopicName field's value. 7567func (s *DeregisterEventTopicInput) SetTopicName(v string) *DeregisterEventTopicInput { 7568 s.TopicName = &v 7569 return s 7570} 7571 7572// The result of a DeregisterEventTopic request. 7573type DeregisterEventTopicOutput struct { 7574 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7575} 7576 7577// String returns the string representation 7578func (s DeregisterEventTopicOutput) String() string { 7579 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7580} 7581 7582// GoString returns the string representation 7583func (s DeregisterEventTopicOutput) GoString() string { 7584 return s.String() 7585} 7586 7587type DescribeCertificateInput struct { 7588 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7589 7590 // The identifier of the certificate. 7591 // 7592 // CertificateId is a required field 7593 CertificateId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7594 7595 // The identifier of the directory. 7596 // 7597 // DirectoryId is a required field 7598 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7599} 7600 7601// String returns the string representation 7602func (s DescribeCertificateInput) String() string { 7603 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7604} 7605 7606// GoString returns the string representation 7607func (s DescribeCertificateInput) GoString() string { 7608 return s.String() 7609} 7610 7611// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7612func (s *DescribeCertificateInput) Validate() error { 7613 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeCertificateInput"} 7614 if s.CertificateId == nil { 7615 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CertificateId")) 7616 } 7617 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 7618 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 7619 } 7620 7621 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7622 return invalidParams 7623 } 7624 return nil 7625} 7626 7627// SetCertificateId sets the CertificateId field's value. 7628func (s *DescribeCertificateInput) SetCertificateId(v string) *DescribeCertificateInput { 7629 s.CertificateId = &v 7630 return s 7631} 7632 7633// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 7634func (s *DescribeCertificateInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DescribeCertificateInput { 7635 s.DirectoryId = &v 7636 return s 7637} 7638 7639type DescribeCertificateOutput struct { 7640 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7641 7642 // Information about the certificate, including registered date time, certificate 7643 // state, the reason for the state, expiration date time, and certificate common 7644 // name. 7645 Certificate *Certificate `type:"structure"` 7646} 7647 7648// String returns the string representation 7649func (s DescribeCertificateOutput) String() string { 7650 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7651} 7652 7653// GoString returns the string representation 7654func (s DescribeCertificateOutput) GoString() string { 7655 return s.String() 7656} 7657 7658// SetCertificate sets the Certificate field's value. 7659func (s *DescribeCertificateOutput) SetCertificate(v *Certificate) *DescribeCertificateOutput { 7660 s.Certificate = v 7661 return s 7662} 7663 7664// Describes a conditional forwarder. 7665type DescribeConditionalForwardersInput struct { 7666 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7667 7668 // The directory ID for which to get the list of associated conditional forwarders. 7669 // 7670 // DirectoryId is a required field 7671 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7672 7673 // The fully qualified domain names (FQDN) of the remote domains for which to 7674 // get the list of associated conditional forwarders. If this member is null, 7675 // all conditional forwarders are returned. 7676 RemoteDomainNames []*string `type:"list"` 7677} 7678 7679// String returns the string representation 7680func (s DescribeConditionalForwardersInput) String() string { 7681 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7682} 7683 7684// GoString returns the string representation 7685func (s DescribeConditionalForwardersInput) GoString() string { 7686 return s.String() 7687} 7688 7689// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7690func (s *DescribeConditionalForwardersInput) Validate() error { 7691 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeConditionalForwardersInput"} 7692 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 7693 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 7694 } 7695 7696 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7697 return invalidParams 7698 } 7699 return nil 7700} 7701 7702// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 7703func (s *DescribeConditionalForwardersInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DescribeConditionalForwardersInput { 7704 s.DirectoryId = &v 7705 return s 7706} 7707 7708// SetRemoteDomainNames sets the RemoteDomainNames field's value. 7709func (s *DescribeConditionalForwardersInput) SetRemoteDomainNames(v []*string) *DescribeConditionalForwardersInput { 7710 s.RemoteDomainNames = v 7711 return s 7712} 7713 7714// The result of a DescribeConditionalForwarder request. 7715type DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput struct { 7716 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7717 7718 // The list of conditional forwarders that have been created. 7719 ConditionalForwarders []*ConditionalForwarder `type:"list"` 7720} 7721 7722// String returns the string representation 7723func (s DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput) String() string { 7724 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7725} 7726 7727// GoString returns the string representation 7728func (s DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput) GoString() string { 7729 return s.String() 7730} 7731 7732// SetConditionalForwarders sets the ConditionalForwarders field's value. 7733func (s *DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput) SetConditionalForwarders(v []*ConditionalForwarder) *DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput { 7734 s.ConditionalForwarders = v 7735 return s 7736} 7737 7738// Contains the inputs for the DescribeDirectories operation. 7739type DescribeDirectoriesInput struct { 7740 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7741 7742 // A list of identifiers of the directories for which to obtain the information. 7743 // If this member is null, all directories that belong to the current account 7744 // are returned. 7745 // 7746 // An empty list results in an InvalidParameterException being thrown. 7747 DirectoryIds []*string `type:"list"` 7748 7749 // The maximum number of items to return. If this value is zero, the maximum 7750 // number of items is specified by the limitations of the operation. 7751 Limit *int64 `type:"integer"` 7752 7753 // The DescribeDirectoriesResult.NextToken value from a previous call to DescribeDirectories. 7754 // Pass null if this is the first call. 7755 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 7756} 7757 7758// String returns the string representation 7759func (s DescribeDirectoriesInput) String() string { 7760 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7761} 7762 7763// GoString returns the string representation 7764func (s DescribeDirectoriesInput) GoString() string { 7765 return s.String() 7766} 7767 7768// SetDirectoryIds sets the DirectoryIds field's value. 7769func (s *DescribeDirectoriesInput) SetDirectoryIds(v []*string) *DescribeDirectoriesInput { 7770 s.DirectoryIds = v 7771 return s 7772} 7773 7774// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value. 7775func (s *DescribeDirectoriesInput) SetLimit(v int64) *DescribeDirectoriesInput { 7776 s.Limit = &v 7777 return s 7778} 7779 7780// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 7781func (s *DescribeDirectoriesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeDirectoriesInput { 7782 s.NextToken = &v 7783 return s 7784} 7785 7786// Contains the results of the DescribeDirectories operation. 7787type DescribeDirectoriesOutput struct { 7788 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7789 7790 // The list of DirectoryDescription objects that were retrieved. 7791 // 7792 // It is possible that this list contains less than the number of items specified 7793 // in the Limit member of the request. This occurs if there are less than the 7794 // requested number of items left to retrieve, or if the limitations of the 7795 // operation have been exceeded. 7796 DirectoryDescriptions []*DirectoryDescription `type:"list"` 7797 7798 // If not null, more results are available. Pass this value for the NextToken 7799 // parameter in a subsequent call to DescribeDirectories to retrieve the next 7800 // set of items. 7801 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 7802} 7803 7804// String returns the string representation 7805func (s DescribeDirectoriesOutput) String() string { 7806 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7807} 7808 7809// GoString returns the string representation 7810func (s DescribeDirectoriesOutput) GoString() string { 7811 return s.String() 7812} 7813 7814// SetDirectoryDescriptions sets the DirectoryDescriptions field's value. 7815func (s *DescribeDirectoriesOutput) SetDirectoryDescriptions(v []*DirectoryDescription) *DescribeDirectoriesOutput { 7816 s.DirectoryDescriptions = v 7817 return s 7818} 7819 7820// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 7821func (s *DescribeDirectoriesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeDirectoriesOutput { 7822 s.NextToken = &v 7823 return s 7824} 7825 7826type DescribeDomainControllersInput struct { 7827 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7828 7829 // Identifier of the directory for which to retrieve the domain controller information. 7830 // 7831 // DirectoryId is a required field 7832 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7833 7834 // A list of identifiers for the domain controllers whose information will be 7835 // provided. 7836 DomainControllerIds []*string `type:"list"` 7837 7838 // The maximum number of items to return. 7839 Limit *int64 `type:"integer"` 7840 7841 // The DescribeDomainControllers.NextToken value from a previous call to DescribeDomainControllers. 7842 // Pass null if this is the first call. 7843 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 7844} 7845 7846// String returns the string representation 7847func (s DescribeDomainControllersInput) String() string { 7848 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7849} 7850 7851// GoString returns the string representation 7852func (s DescribeDomainControllersInput) GoString() string { 7853 return s.String() 7854} 7855 7856// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7857func (s *DescribeDomainControllersInput) Validate() error { 7858 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDomainControllersInput"} 7859 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 7860 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 7861 } 7862 7863 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7864 return invalidParams 7865 } 7866 return nil 7867} 7868 7869// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 7870func (s *DescribeDomainControllersInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DescribeDomainControllersInput { 7871 s.DirectoryId = &v 7872 return s 7873} 7874 7875// SetDomainControllerIds sets the DomainControllerIds field's value. 7876func (s *DescribeDomainControllersInput) SetDomainControllerIds(v []*string) *DescribeDomainControllersInput { 7877 s.DomainControllerIds = v 7878 return s 7879} 7880 7881// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value. 7882func (s *DescribeDomainControllersInput) SetLimit(v int64) *DescribeDomainControllersInput { 7883 s.Limit = &v 7884 return s 7885} 7886 7887// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 7888func (s *DescribeDomainControllersInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeDomainControllersInput { 7889 s.NextToken = &v 7890 return s 7891} 7892 7893type DescribeDomainControllersOutput struct { 7894 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7895 7896 // List of the DomainController objects that were retrieved. 7897 DomainControllers []*DomainController `type:"list"` 7898 7899 // If not null, more results are available. Pass this value for the NextToken 7900 // parameter in a subsequent call to DescribeDomainControllers retrieve the 7901 // next set of items. 7902 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 7903} 7904 7905// String returns the string representation 7906func (s DescribeDomainControllersOutput) String() string { 7907 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7908} 7909 7910// GoString returns the string representation 7911func (s DescribeDomainControllersOutput) GoString() string { 7912 return s.String() 7913} 7914 7915// SetDomainControllers sets the DomainControllers field's value. 7916func (s *DescribeDomainControllersOutput) SetDomainControllers(v []*DomainController) *DescribeDomainControllersOutput { 7917 s.DomainControllers = v 7918 return s 7919} 7920 7921// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 7922func (s *DescribeDomainControllersOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeDomainControllersOutput { 7923 s.NextToken = &v 7924 return s 7925} 7926 7927// Describes event topics. 7928type DescribeEventTopicsInput struct { 7929 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7930 7931 // The Directory ID for which to get the list of associated SNS topics. If this 7932 // member is null, associations for all Directory IDs are returned. 7933 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 7934 7935 // A list of SNS topic names for which to obtain the information. If this member 7936 // is null, all associations for the specified Directory ID are returned. 7937 // 7938 // An empty list results in an InvalidParameterException being thrown. 7939 TopicNames []*string `type:"list"` 7940} 7941 7942// String returns the string representation 7943func (s DescribeEventTopicsInput) String() string { 7944 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7945} 7946 7947// GoString returns the string representation 7948func (s DescribeEventTopicsInput) GoString() string { 7949 return s.String() 7950} 7951 7952// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 7953func (s *DescribeEventTopicsInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DescribeEventTopicsInput { 7954 s.DirectoryId = &v 7955 return s 7956} 7957 7958// SetTopicNames sets the TopicNames field's value. 7959func (s *DescribeEventTopicsInput) SetTopicNames(v []*string) *DescribeEventTopicsInput { 7960 s.TopicNames = v 7961 return s 7962} 7963 7964// The result of a DescribeEventTopic request. 7965type DescribeEventTopicsOutput struct { 7966 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7967 7968 // A list of SNS topic names that receive status messages from the specified 7969 // Directory ID. 7970 EventTopics []*EventTopic `type:"list"` 7971} 7972 7973// String returns the string representation 7974func (s DescribeEventTopicsOutput) String() string { 7975 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7976} 7977 7978// GoString returns the string representation 7979func (s DescribeEventTopicsOutput) GoString() string { 7980 return s.String() 7981} 7982 7983// SetEventTopics sets the EventTopics field's value. 7984func (s *DescribeEventTopicsOutput) SetEventTopics(v []*EventTopic) *DescribeEventTopicsOutput { 7985 s.EventTopics = v 7986 return s 7987} 7988 7989type DescribeLDAPSSettingsInput struct { 7990 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7991 7992 // The identifier of the directory. 7993 // 7994 // DirectoryId is a required field 7995 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 7996 7997 // Specifies the number of items that should be displayed on one page. 7998 Limit *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` 7999 8000 // The type of next token used for pagination. 8001 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 8002 8003 // The type of LDAP security the customer wants to enable, either server or 8004 // client. Currently supports only Client, (the default). 8005 Type *string `type:"string" enum:"LDAPSType"` 8006} 8007 8008// String returns the string representation 8009func (s DescribeLDAPSSettingsInput) String() string { 8010 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8011} 8012 8013// GoString returns the string representation 8014func (s DescribeLDAPSSettingsInput) GoString() string { 8015 return s.String() 8016} 8017 8018// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8019func (s *DescribeLDAPSSettingsInput) Validate() error { 8020 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeLDAPSSettingsInput"} 8021 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 8022 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 8023 } 8024 if s.Limit != nil && *s.Limit < 1 { 8025 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Limit", 1)) 8026 } 8027 8028 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8029 return invalidParams 8030 } 8031 return nil 8032} 8033 8034// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 8035func (s *DescribeLDAPSSettingsInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DescribeLDAPSSettingsInput { 8036 s.DirectoryId = &v 8037 return s 8038} 8039 8040// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value. 8041func (s *DescribeLDAPSSettingsInput) SetLimit(v int64) *DescribeLDAPSSettingsInput { 8042 s.Limit = &v 8043 return s 8044} 8045 8046// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 8047func (s *DescribeLDAPSSettingsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeLDAPSSettingsInput { 8048 s.NextToken = &v 8049 return s 8050} 8051 8052// SetType sets the Type field's value. 8053func (s *DescribeLDAPSSettingsInput) SetType(v string) *DescribeLDAPSSettingsInput { 8054 s.Type = &v 8055 return s 8056} 8057 8058type DescribeLDAPSSettingsOutput struct { 8059 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8060 8061 // Information about LDAP security for the specified directory, including status 8062 // of enablement, state last updated date time, and the reason for the state. 8063 LDAPSSettingsInfo []*LDAPSSettingInfo `type:"list"` 8064 8065 // The next token used to retrieve the LDAPS settings if the number of setting 8066 // types exceeds page limit and there is another page. 8067 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 8068} 8069 8070// String returns the string representation 8071func (s DescribeLDAPSSettingsOutput) String() string { 8072 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8073} 8074 8075// GoString returns the string representation 8076func (s DescribeLDAPSSettingsOutput) GoString() string { 8077 return s.String() 8078} 8079 8080// SetLDAPSSettingsInfo sets the LDAPSSettingsInfo field's value. 8081func (s *DescribeLDAPSSettingsOutput) SetLDAPSSettingsInfo(v []*LDAPSSettingInfo) *DescribeLDAPSSettingsOutput { 8082 s.LDAPSSettingsInfo = v 8083 return s 8084} 8085 8086// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 8087func (s *DescribeLDAPSSettingsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeLDAPSSettingsOutput { 8088 s.NextToken = &v 8089 return s 8090} 8091 8092type DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput struct { 8093 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8094 8095 // The number of shared directories to return in the response object. 8096 Limit *int64 `type:"integer"` 8097 8098 // The DescribeSharedDirectoriesResult.NextToken value from a previous call 8099 // to DescribeSharedDirectories. Pass null if this is the first call. 8100 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 8101 8102 // Returns the identifier of the directory in the directory owner account. 8103 // 8104 // OwnerDirectoryId is a required field 8105 OwnerDirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8106 8107 // A list of identifiers of all shared directories in your account. 8108 SharedDirectoryIds []*string `type:"list"` 8109} 8110 8111// String returns the string representation 8112func (s DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput) String() string { 8113 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8114} 8115 8116// GoString returns the string representation 8117func (s DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput) GoString() string { 8118 return s.String() 8119} 8120 8121// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8122func (s *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput) Validate() error { 8123 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput"} 8124 if s.OwnerDirectoryId == nil { 8125 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OwnerDirectoryId")) 8126 } 8127 8128 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8129 return invalidParams 8130 } 8131 return nil 8132} 8133 8134// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value. 8135func (s *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput) SetLimit(v int64) *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput { 8136 s.Limit = &v 8137 return s 8138} 8139 8140// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 8141func (s *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput { 8142 s.NextToken = &v 8143 return s 8144} 8145 8146// SetOwnerDirectoryId sets the OwnerDirectoryId field's value. 8147func (s *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput) SetOwnerDirectoryId(v string) *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput { 8148 s.OwnerDirectoryId = &v 8149 return s 8150} 8151 8152// SetSharedDirectoryIds sets the SharedDirectoryIds field's value. 8153func (s *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput) SetSharedDirectoryIds(v []*string) *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput { 8154 s.SharedDirectoryIds = v 8155 return s 8156} 8157 8158type DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput struct { 8159 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8160 8161 // If not null, token that indicates that more results are available. Pass this 8162 // value for the NextToken parameter in a subsequent call to DescribeSharedDirectories 8163 // to retrieve the next set of items. 8164 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 8165 8166 // A list of all shared directories in your account. 8167 SharedDirectories []*SharedDirectory `type:"list"` 8168} 8169 8170// String returns the string representation 8171func (s DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput) String() string { 8172 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8173} 8174 8175// GoString returns the string representation 8176func (s DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput) GoString() string { 8177 return s.String() 8178} 8179 8180// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 8181func (s *DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput { 8182 s.NextToken = &v 8183 return s 8184} 8185 8186// SetSharedDirectories sets the SharedDirectories field's value. 8187func (s *DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput) SetSharedDirectories(v []*SharedDirectory) *DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput { 8188 s.SharedDirectories = v 8189 return s 8190} 8191 8192// Contains the inputs for the DescribeSnapshots operation. 8193type DescribeSnapshotsInput struct { 8194 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8195 8196 // The identifier of the directory for which to retrieve snapshot information. 8197 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 8198 8199 // The maximum number of objects to return. 8200 Limit *int64 `type:"integer"` 8201 8202 // The DescribeSnapshotsResult.NextToken value from a previous call to DescribeSnapshots. 8203 // Pass null if this is the first call. 8204 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 8205 8206 // A list of identifiers of the snapshots to obtain the information for. If 8207 // this member is null or empty, all snapshots are returned using the Limit 8208 // and NextToken members. 8209 SnapshotIds []*string `type:"list"` 8210} 8211 8212// String returns the string representation 8213func (s DescribeSnapshotsInput) String() string { 8214 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8215} 8216 8217// GoString returns the string representation 8218func (s DescribeSnapshotsInput) GoString() string { 8219 return s.String() 8220} 8221 8222// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 8223func (s *DescribeSnapshotsInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DescribeSnapshotsInput { 8224 s.DirectoryId = &v 8225 return s 8226} 8227 8228// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value. 8229func (s *DescribeSnapshotsInput) SetLimit(v int64) *DescribeSnapshotsInput { 8230 s.Limit = &v 8231 return s 8232} 8233 8234// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 8235func (s *DescribeSnapshotsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeSnapshotsInput { 8236 s.NextToken = &v 8237 return s 8238} 8239 8240// SetSnapshotIds sets the SnapshotIds field's value. 8241func (s *DescribeSnapshotsInput) SetSnapshotIds(v []*string) *DescribeSnapshotsInput { 8242 s.SnapshotIds = v 8243 return s 8244} 8245 8246// Contains the results of the DescribeSnapshots operation. 8247type DescribeSnapshotsOutput struct { 8248 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8249 8250 // If not null, more results are available. Pass this value in the NextToken 8251 // member of a subsequent call to DescribeSnapshots. 8252 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 8253 8254 // The list of Snapshot objects that were retrieved. 8255 // 8256 // It is possible that this list contains less than the number of items specified 8257 // in the Limit member of the request. This occurs if there are less than the 8258 // requested number of items left to retrieve, or if the limitations of the 8259 // operation have been exceeded. 8260 Snapshots []*Snapshot `type:"list"` 8261} 8262 8263// String returns the string representation 8264func (s DescribeSnapshotsOutput) String() string { 8265 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8266} 8267 8268// GoString returns the string representation 8269func (s DescribeSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string { 8270 return s.String() 8271} 8272 8273// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 8274func (s *DescribeSnapshotsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeSnapshotsOutput { 8275 s.NextToken = &v 8276 return s 8277} 8278 8279// SetSnapshots sets the Snapshots field's value. 8280func (s *DescribeSnapshotsOutput) SetSnapshots(v []*Snapshot) *DescribeSnapshotsOutput { 8281 s.Snapshots = v 8282 return s 8283} 8284 8285// Describes the trust relationships for a particular AWS Managed Microsoft 8286// AD directory. If no input parameters are are provided, such as directory 8287// ID or trust ID, this request describes all the trust relationships. 8288type DescribeTrustsInput struct { 8289 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8290 8291 // The Directory ID of the AWS directory that is a part of the requested trust 8292 // relationship. 8293 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 8294 8295 // The maximum number of objects to return. 8296 Limit *int64 `type:"integer"` 8297 8298 // The DescribeTrustsResult.NextToken value from a previous call to DescribeTrusts. 8299 // Pass null if this is the first call. 8300 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 8301 8302 // A list of identifiers of the trust relationships for which to obtain the 8303 // information. If this member is null, all trust relationships that belong 8304 // to the current account are returned. 8305 // 8306 // An empty list results in an InvalidParameterException being thrown. 8307 TrustIds []*string `type:"list"` 8308} 8309 8310// String returns the string representation 8311func (s DescribeTrustsInput) String() string { 8312 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8313} 8314 8315// GoString returns the string representation 8316func (s DescribeTrustsInput) GoString() string { 8317 return s.String() 8318} 8319 8320// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 8321func (s *DescribeTrustsInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DescribeTrustsInput { 8322 s.DirectoryId = &v 8323 return s 8324} 8325 8326// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value. 8327func (s *DescribeTrustsInput) SetLimit(v int64) *DescribeTrustsInput { 8328 s.Limit = &v 8329 return s 8330} 8331 8332// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 8333func (s *DescribeTrustsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeTrustsInput { 8334 s.NextToken = &v 8335 return s 8336} 8337 8338// SetTrustIds sets the TrustIds field's value. 8339func (s *DescribeTrustsInput) SetTrustIds(v []*string) *DescribeTrustsInput { 8340 s.TrustIds = v 8341 return s 8342} 8343 8344// The result of a DescribeTrust request. 8345type DescribeTrustsOutput struct { 8346 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8347 8348 // If not null, more results are available. Pass this value for the NextToken 8349 // parameter in a subsequent call to DescribeTrusts to retrieve the next set 8350 // of items. 8351 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 8352 8353 // The list of Trust objects that were retrieved. 8354 // 8355 // It is possible that this list contains less than the number of items specified 8356 // in the Limit member of the request. This occurs if there are less than the 8357 // requested number of items left to retrieve, or if the limitations of the 8358 // operation have been exceeded. 8359 Trusts []*Trust `type:"list"` 8360} 8361 8362// String returns the string representation 8363func (s DescribeTrustsOutput) String() string { 8364 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8365} 8366 8367// GoString returns the string representation 8368func (s DescribeTrustsOutput) GoString() string { 8369 return s.String() 8370} 8371 8372// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 8373func (s *DescribeTrustsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeTrustsOutput { 8374 s.NextToken = &v 8375 return s 8376} 8377 8378// SetTrusts sets the Trusts field's value. 8379func (s *DescribeTrustsOutput) SetTrusts(v []*Trust) *DescribeTrustsOutput { 8380 s.Trusts = v 8381 return s 8382} 8383 8384// Contains information for the ConnectDirectory operation when an AD Connector 8385// directory is being created. 8386type DirectoryConnectSettings struct { 8387 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8388 8389 // A list of one or more IP addresses of DNS servers or domain controllers in 8390 // the on-premises directory. 8391 // 8392 // CustomerDnsIps is a required field 8393 CustomerDnsIps []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` 8394 8395 // The user name of an account in the on-premises directory that is used to 8396 // connect to the directory. This account must have the following permissions: 8397 // 8398 // * Read users and groups 8399 // 8400 // * Create computer objects 8401 // 8402 // * Join computers to the domain 8403 // 8404 // CustomerUserName is a required field 8405 CustomerUserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 8406 8407 // A list of subnet identifiers in the VPC in which the AD Connector is created. 8408 // 8409 // SubnetIds is a required field 8410 SubnetIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` 8411 8412 // The identifier of the VPC in which the AD Connector is created. 8413 // 8414 // VpcId is a required field 8415 VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8416} 8417 8418// String returns the string representation 8419func (s DirectoryConnectSettings) String() string { 8420 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8421} 8422 8423// GoString returns the string representation 8424func (s DirectoryConnectSettings) GoString() string { 8425 return s.String() 8426} 8427 8428// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8429func (s *DirectoryConnectSettings) Validate() error { 8430 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DirectoryConnectSettings"} 8431 if s.CustomerDnsIps == nil { 8432 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CustomerDnsIps")) 8433 } 8434 if s.CustomerUserName == nil { 8435 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CustomerUserName")) 8436 } 8437 if s.CustomerUserName != nil && len(*s.CustomerUserName) < 1 { 8438 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CustomerUserName", 1)) 8439 } 8440 if s.SubnetIds == nil { 8441 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds")) 8442 } 8443 if s.VpcId == nil { 8444 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId")) 8445 } 8446 8447 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8448 return invalidParams 8449 } 8450 return nil 8451} 8452 8453// SetCustomerDnsIps sets the CustomerDnsIps field's value. 8454func (s *DirectoryConnectSettings) SetCustomerDnsIps(v []*string) *DirectoryConnectSettings { 8455 s.CustomerDnsIps = v 8456 return s 8457} 8458 8459// SetCustomerUserName sets the CustomerUserName field's value. 8460func (s *DirectoryConnectSettings) SetCustomerUserName(v string) *DirectoryConnectSettings { 8461 s.CustomerUserName = &v 8462 return s 8463} 8464 8465// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value. 8466func (s *DirectoryConnectSettings) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *DirectoryConnectSettings { 8467 s.SubnetIds = v 8468 return s 8469} 8470 8471// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 8472func (s *DirectoryConnectSettings) SetVpcId(v string) *DirectoryConnectSettings { 8473 s.VpcId = &v 8474 return s 8475} 8476 8477// Contains information about an AD Connector directory. 8478type DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription struct { 8479 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8480 8481 // A list of the Availability Zones that the directory is in. 8482 AvailabilityZones []*string `type:"list"` 8483 8484 // The IP addresses of the AD Connector servers. 8485 ConnectIps []*string `type:"list"` 8486 8487 // The user name of the service account in the on-premises directory. 8488 CustomerUserName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 8489 8490 // The security group identifier for the AD Connector directory. 8491 SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"` 8492 8493 // A list of subnet identifiers in the VPC that the AD Connector is in. 8494 SubnetIds []*string `type:"list"` 8495 8496 // The identifier of the VPC that the AD Connector is in. 8497 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 8498} 8499 8500// String returns the string representation 8501func (s DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription) String() string { 8502 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8503} 8504 8505// GoString returns the string representation 8506func (s DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription) GoString() string { 8507 return s.String() 8508} 8509 8510// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 8511func (s *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription { 8512 s.AvailabilityZones = v 8513 return s 8514} 8515 8516// SetConnectIps sets the ConnectIps field's value. 8517func (s *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription) SetConnectIps(v []*string) *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription { 8518 s.ConnectIps = v 8519 return s 8520} 8521 8522// SetCustomerUserName sets the CustomerUserName field's value. 8523func (s *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription) SetCustomerUserName(v string) *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription { 8524 s.CustomerUserName = &v 8525 return s 8526} 8527 8528// SetSecurityGroupId sets the SecurityGroupId field's value. 8529func (s *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription) SetSecurityGroupId(v string) *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription { 8530 s.SecurityGroupId = &v 8531 return s 8532} 8533 8534// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value. 8535func (s *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription { 8536 s.SubnetIds = v 8537 return s 8538} 8539 8540// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 8541func (s *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription) SetVpcId(v string) *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription { 8542 s.VpcId = &v 8543 return s 8544} 8545 8546// Contains information about an AWS Directory Service directory. 8547type DirectoryDescription struct { 8548 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8549 8550 // The access URL for the directory, such as http://<alias>.awsapps.com. If 8551 // no alias has been created for the directory, <alias> is the directory identifier, 8552 // such as d-XXXXXXXXXX. 8553 AccessUrl *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 8554 8555 // The alias for the directory. If no alias has been created for the directory, 8556 // the alias is the directory identifier, such as d-XXXXXXXXXX. 8557 Alias *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 8558 8559 // A DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription object that contains additional information 8560 // about an AD Connector directory. This member is only present if the directory 8561 // is an AD Connector directory. 8562 ConnectSettings *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription `type:"structure"` 8563 8564 // The description for the directory. 8565 Description *string `type:"string"` 8566 8567 // The desired number of domain controllers in the directory if the directory 8568 // is Microsoft AD. 8569 DesiredNumberOfDomainControllers *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer"` 8570 8571 // The directory identifier. 8572 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 8573 8574 // The IP addresses of the DNS servers for the directory. For a Simple AD or 8575 // Microsoft AD directory, these are the IP addresses of the Simple AD or Microsoft 8576 // AD directory servers. For an AD Connector directory, these are the IP addresses 8577 // of the DNS servers or domain controllers in the on-premises directory to 8578 // which the AD Connector is connected. 8579 DnsIpAddrs []*string `type:"list"` 8580 8581 // The edition associated with this directory. 8582 Edition *string `type:"string" enum:"DirectoryEdition"` 8583 8584 // Specifies when the directory was created. 8585 LaunchTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 8586 8587 // The fully qualified name of the directory. 8588 Name *string `type:"string"` 8589 8590 // Describes the AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory in the directory owner account. 8591 OwnerDirectoryDescription *OwnerDirectoryDescription `type:"structure"` 8592 8593 // A RadiusSettings object that contains information about the RADIUS server 8594 // configured for this directory. 8595 RadiusSettings *RadiusSettings `type:"structure"` 8596 8597 // The status of the RADIUS MFA server connection. 8598 RadiusStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"RadiusStatus"` 8599 8600 // The method used when sharing a directory to determine whether the directory 8601 // should be shared within your AWS organization (ORGANIZATIONS) or with any 8602 // AWS account by sending a shared directory request (HANDSHAKE). 8603 ShareMethod *string `type:"string" enum:"ShareMethod"` 8604 8605 // A directory share request that is sent by the directory owner to the directory 8606 // consumer. The request includes a typed message to help the directory consumer 8607 // administrator determine whether to approve or reject the share invitation. 8608 ShareNotes *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"` 8609 8610 // Current directory status of the shared AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory. 8611 ShareStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"ShareStatus"` 8612 8613 // The short name of the directory. 8614 ShortName *string `type:"string"` 8615 8616 // The directory size. 8617 Size *string `type:"string" enum:"DirectorySize"` 8618 8619 // Indicates if single sign-on is enabled for the directory. For more information, 8620 // see EnableSso and DisableSso. 8621 SsoEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 8622 8623 // The current stage of the directory. 8624 Stage *string `type:"string" enum:"DirectoryStage"` 8625 8626 // The date and time that the stage was last updated. 8627 StageLastUpdatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 8628 8629 // Additional information about the directory stage. 8630 StageReason *string `type:"string"` 8631 8632 // The directory size. 8633 Type *string `type:"string" enum:"DirectoryType"` 8634 8635 // A DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription object that contains additional information 8636 // about a directory. This member is only present if the directory is a Simple 8637 // AD or Managed AD directory. 8638 VpcSettings *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription `type:"structure"` 8639} 8640 8641// String returns the string representation 8642func (s DirectoryDescription) String() string { 8643 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8644} 8645 8646// GoString returns the string representation 8647func (s DirectoryDescription) GoString() string { 8648 return s.String() 8649} 8650 8651// SetAccessUrl sets the AccessUrl field's value. 8652func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetAccessUrl(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 8653 s.AccessUrl = &v 8654 return s 8655} 8656 8657// SetAlias sets the Alias field's value. 8658func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetAlias(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 8659 s.Alias = &v 8660 return s 8661} 8662 8663// SetConnectSettings sets the ConnectSettings field's value. 8664func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetConnectSettings(v *DirectoryConnectSettingsDescription) *DirectoryDescription { 8665 s.ConnectSettings = v 8666 return s 8667} 8668 8669// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 8670func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetDescription(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 8671 s.Description = &v 8672 return s 8673} 8674 8675// SetDesiredNumberOfDomainControllers sets the DesiredNumberOfDomainControllers field's value. 8676func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetDesiredNumberOfDomainControllers(v int64) *DirectoryDescription { 8677 s.DesiredNumberOfDomainControllers = &v 8678 return s 8679} 8680 8681// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 8682func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 8683 s.DirectoryId = &v 8684 return s 8685} 8686 8687// SetDnsIpAddrs sets the DnsIpAddrs field's value. 8688func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetDnsIpAddrs(v []*string) *DirectoryDescription { 8689 s.DnsIpAddrs = v 8690 return s 8691} 8692 8693// SetEdition sets the Edition field's value. 8694func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetEdition(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 8695 s.Edition = &v 8696 return s 8697} 8698 8699// SetLaunchTime sets the LaunchTime field's value. 8700func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetLaunchTime(v time.Time) *DirectoryDescription { 8701 s.LaunchTime = &v 8702 return s 8703} 8704 8705// SetName sets the Name field's value. 8706func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetName(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 8707 s.Name = &v 8708 return s 8709} 8710 8711// SetOwnerDirectoryDescription sets the OwnerDirectoryDescription field's value. 8712func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetOwnerDirectoryDescription(v *OwnerDirectoryDescription) *DirectoryDescription { 8713 s.OwnerDirectoryDescription = v 8714 return s 8715} 8716 8717// SetRadiusSettings sets the RadiusSettings field's value. 8718func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetRadiusSettings(v *RadiusSettings) *DirectoryDescription { 8719 s.RadiusSettings = v 8720 return s 8721} 8722 8723// SetRadiusStatus sets the RadiusStatus field's value. 8724func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetRadiusStatus(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 8725 s.RadiusStatus = &v 8726 return s 8727} 8728 8729// SetShareMethod sets the ShareMethod field's value. 8730func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetShareMethod(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 8731 s.ShareMethod = &v 8732 return s 8733} 8734 8735// SetShareNotes sets the ShareNotes field's value. 8736func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetShareNotes(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 8737 s.ShareNotes = &v 8738 return s 8739} 8740 8741// SetShareStatus sets the ShareStatus field's value. 8742func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetShareStatus(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 8743 s.ShareStatus = &v 8744 return s 8745} 8746 8747// SetShortName sets the ShortName field's value. 8748func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetShortName(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 8749 s.ShortName = &v 8750 return s 8751} 8752 8753// SetSize sets the Size field's value. 8754func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetSize(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 8755 s.Size = &v 8756 return s 8757} 8758 8759// SetSsoEnabled sets the SsoEnabled field's value. 8760func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetSsoEnabled(v bool) *DirectoryDescription { 8761 s.SsoEnabled = &v 8762 return s 8763} 8764 8765// SetStage sets the Stage field's value. 8766func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetStage(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 8767 s.Stage = &v 8768 return s 8769} 8770 8771// SetStageLastUpdatedDateTime sets the StageLastUpdatedDateTime field's value. 8772func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetStageLastUpdatedDateTime(v time.Time) *DirectoryDescription { 8773 s.StageLastUpdatedDateTime = &v 8774 return s 8775} 8776 8777// SetStageReason sets the StageReason field's value. 8778func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetStageReason(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 8779 s.StageReason = &v 8780 return s 8781} 8782 8783// SetType sets the Type field's value. 8784func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetType(v string) *DirectoryDescription { 8785 s.Type = &v 8786 return s 8787} 8788 8789// SetVpcSettings sets the VpcSettings field's value. 8790func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetVpcSettings(v *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription) *DirectoryDescription { 8791 s.VpcSettings = v 8792 return s 8793} 8794 8795// Contains directory limit information for a Region. 8796type DirectoryLimits struct { 8797 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8798 8799 // The current number of cloud directories in the Region. 8800 CloudOnlyDirectoriesCurrentCount *int64 `type:"integer"` 8801 8802 // The maximum number of cloud directories allowed in the Region. 8803 CloudOnlyDirectoriesLimit *int64 `type:"integer"` 8804 8805 // Indicates if the cloud directory limit has been reached. 8806 CloudOnlyDirectoriesLimitReached *bool `type:"boolean"` 8807 8808 // The current number of AWS Managed Microsoft AD directories in the region. 8809 CloudOnlyMicrosoftADCurrentCount *int64 `type:"integer"` 8810 8811 // The maximum number of AWS Managed Microsoft AD directories allowed in the 8812 // region. 8813 CloudOnlyMicrosoftADLimit *int64 `type:"integer"` 8814 8815 // Indicates if the AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory limit has been reached. 8816 CloudOnlyMicrosoftADLimitReached *bool `type:"boolean"` 8817 8818 // The current number of connected directories in the Region. 8819 ConnectedDirectoriesCurrentCount *int64 `type:"integer"` 8820 8821 // The maximum number of connected directories allowed in the Region. 8822 ConnectedDirectoriesLimit *int64 `type:"integer"` 8823 8824 // Indicates if the connected directory limit has been reached. 8825 ConnectedDirectoriesLimitReached *bool `type:"boolean"` 8826} 8827 8828// String returns the string representation 8829func (s DirectoryLimits) String() string { 8830 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8831} 8832 8833// GoString returns the string representation 8834func (s DirectoryLimits) GoString() string { 8835 return s.String() 8836} 8837 8838// SetCloudOnlyDirectoriesCurrentCount sets the CloudOnlyDirectoriesCurrentCount field's value. 8839func (s *DirectoryLimits) SetCloudOnlyDirectoriesCurrentCount(v int64) *DirectoryLimits { 8840 s.CloudOnlyDirectoriesCurrentCount = &v 8841 return s 8842} 8843 8844// SetCloudOnlyDirectoriesLimit sets the CloudOnlyDirectoriesLimit field's value. 8845func (s *DirectoryLimits) SetCloudOnlyDirectoriesLimit(v int64) *DirectoryLimits { 8846 s.CloudOnlyDirectoriesLimit = &v 8847 return s 8848} 8849 8850// SetCloudOnlyDirectoriesLimitReached sets the CloudOnlyDirectoriesLimitReached field's value. 8851func (s *DirectoryLimits) SetCloudOnlyDirectoriesLimitReached(v bool) *DirectoryLimits { 8852 s.CloudOnlyDirectoriesLimitReached = &v 8853 return s 8854} 8855 8856// SetCloudOnlyMicrosoftADCurrentCount sets the CloudOnlyMicrosoftADCurrentCount field's value. 8857func (s *DirectoryLimits) SetCloudOnlyMicrosoftADCurrentCount(v int64) *DirectoryLimits { 8858 s.CloudOnlyMicrosoftADCurrentCount = &v 8859 return s 8860} 8861 8862// SetCloudOnlyMicrosoftADLimit sets the CloudOnlyMicrosoftADLimit field's value. 8863func (s *DirectoryLimits) SetCloudOnlyMicrosoftADLimit(v int64) *DirectoryLimits { 8864 s.CloudOnlyMicrosoftADLimit = &v 8865 return s 8866} 8867 8868// SetCloudOnlyMicrosoftADLimitReached sets the CloudOnlyMicrosoftADLimitReached field's value. 8869func (s *DirectoryLimits) SetCloudOnlyMicrosoftADLimitReached(v bool) *DirectoryLimits { 8870 s.CloudOnlyMicrosoftADLimitReached = &v 8871 return s 8872} 8873 8874// SetConnectedDirectoriesCurrentCount sets the ConnectedDirectoriesCurrentCount field's value. 8875func (s *DirectoryLimits) SetConnectedDirectoriesCurrentCount(v int64) *DirectoryLimits { 8876 s.ConnectedDirectoriesCurrentCount = &v 8877 return s 8878} 8879 8880// SetConnectedDirectoriesLimit sets the ConnectedDirectoriesLimit field's value. 8881func (s *DirectoryLimits) SetConnectedDirectoriesLimit(v int64) *DirectoryLimits { 8882 s.ConnectedDirectoriesLimit = &v 8883 return s 8884} 8885 8886// SetConnectedDirectoriesLimitReached sets the ConnectedDirectoriesLimitReached field's value. 8887func (s *DirectoryLimits) SetConnectedDirectoriesLimitReached(v bool) *DirectoryLimits { 8888 s.ConnectedDirectoriesLimitReached = &v 8889 return s 8890} 8891 8892// Contains VPC information for the CreateDirectory or CreateMicrosoftAD operation. 8893type DirectoryVpcSettings struct { 8894 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8895 8896 // The identifiers of the subnets for the directory servers. The two subnets 8897 // must be in different Availability Zones. AWS Directory Service creates a 8898 // directory server and a DNS server in each of these subnets. 8899 // 8900 // SubnetIds is a required field 8901 SubnetIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` 8902 8903 // The identifier of the VPC in which to create the directory. 8904 // 8905 // VpcId is a required field 8906 VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 8907} 8908 8909// String returns the string representation 8910func (s DirectoryVpcSettings) String() string { 8911 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8912} 8913 8914// GoString returns the string representation 8915func (s DirectoryVpcSettings) GoString() string { 8916 return s.String() 8917} 8918 8919// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8920func (s *DirectoryVpcSettings) Validate() error { 8921 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DirectoryVpcSettings"} 8922 if s.SubnetIds == nil { 8923 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds")) 8924 } 8925 if s.VpcId == nil { 8926 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcId")) 8927 } 8928 8929 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8930 return invalidParams 8931 } 8932 return nil 8933} 8934 8935// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value. 8936func (s *DirectoryVpcSettings) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *DirectoryVpcSettings { 8937 s.SubnetIds = v 8938 return s 8939} 8940 8941// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 8942func (s *DirectoryVpcSettings) SetVpcId(v string) *DirectoryVpcSettings { 8943 s.VpcId = &v 8944 return s 8945} 8946 8947// Contains information about the directory. 8948type DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription struct { 8949 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8950 8951 // The list of Availability Zones that the directory is in. 8952 AvailabilityZones []*string `type:"list"` 8953 8954 // The domain controller security group identifier for the directory. 8955 SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"` 8956 8957 // The identifiers of the subnets for the directory servers. 8958 SubnetIds []*string `type:"list"` 8959 8960 // The identifier of the VPC that the directory is in. 8961 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 8962} 8963 8964// String returns the string representation 8965func (s DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription) String() string { 8966 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8967} 8968 8969// GoString returns the string representation 8970func (s DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription) GoString() string { 8971 return s.String() 8972} 8973 8974// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 8975func (s *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription { 8976 s.AvailabilityZones = v 8977 return s 8978} 8979 8980// SetSecurityGroupId sets the SecurityGroupId field's value. 8981func (s *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription) SetSecurityGroupId(v string) *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription { 8982 s.SecurityGroupId = &v 8983 return s 8984} 8985 8986// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value. 8987func (s *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription { 8988 s.SubnetIds = v 8989 return s 8990} 8991 8992// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 8993func (s *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription) SetVpcId(v string) *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription { 8994 s.VpcId = &v 8995 return s 8996} 8997 8998type DisableLDAPSInput struct { 8999 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9000 9001 // The identifier of the directory. 9002 // 9003 // DirectoryId is a required field 9004 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9005 9006 // The type of LDAP security that the customer wants to enable. The security 9007 // can be either server or client, but currently only the default Client is 9008 // supported. 9009 Type *string `type:"string" enum:"LDAPSType"` 9010} 9011 9012// String returns the string representation 9013func (s DisableLDAPSInput) String() string { 9014 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9015} 9016 9017// GoString returns the string representation 9018func (s DisableLDAPSInput) GoString() string { 9019 return s.String() 9020} 9021 9022// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9023func (s *DisableLDAPSInput) Validate() error { 9024 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisableLDAPSInput"} 9025 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 9026 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 9027 } 9028 9029 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9030 return invalidParams 9031 } 9032 return nil 9033} 9034 9035// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 9036func (s *DisableLDAPSInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DisableLDAPSInput { 9037 s.DirectoryId = &v 9038 return s 9039} 9040 9041// SetType sets the Type field's value. 9042func (s *DisableLDAPSInput) SetType(v string) *DisableLDAPSInput { 9043 s.Type = &v 9044 return s 9045} 9046 9047type DisableLDAPSOutput struct { 9048 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9049} 9050 9051// String returns the string representation 9052func (s DisableLDAPSOutput) String() string { 9053 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9054} 9055 9056// GoString returns the string representation 9057func (s DisableLDAPSOutput) GoString() string { 9058 return s.String() 9059} 9060 9061// Contains the inputs for the DisableRadius operation. 9062type DisableRadiusInput struct { 9063 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9064 9065 // The identifier of the directory for which to disable MFA. 9066 // 9067 // DirectoryId is a required field 9068 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9069} 9070 9071// String returns the string representation 9072func (s DisableRadiusInput) String() string { 9073 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9074} 9075 9076// GoString returns the string representation 9077func (s DisableRadiusInput) GoString() string { 9078 return s.String() 9079} 9080 9081// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9082func (s *DisableRadiusInput) Validate() error { 9083 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisableRadiusInput"} 9084 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 9085 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 9086 } 9087 9088 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9089 return invalidParams 9090 } 9091 return nil 9092} 9093 9094// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 9095func (s *DisableRadiusInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DisableRadiusInput { 9096 s.DirectoryId = &v 9097 return s 9098} 9099 9100// Contains the results of the DisableRadius operation. 9101type DisableRadiusOutput struct { 9102 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9103} 9104 9105// String returns the string representation 9106func (s DisableRadiusOutput) String() string { 9107 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9108} 9109 9110// GoString returns the string representation 9111func (s DisableRadiusOutput) GoString() string { 9112 return s.String() 9113} 9114 9115// Contains the inputs for the DisableSso operation. 9116type DisableSsoInput struct { 9117 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9118 9119 // The identifier of the directory for which to disable single-sign on. 9120 // 9121 // DirectoryId is a required field 9122 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9123 9124 // The password of an alternate account to use to disable single-sign on. This 9125 // is only used for AD Connector directories. For more information, see the 9126 // UserName parameter. 9127 Password *string `min:"1" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` 9128 9129 // The username of an alternate account to use to disable single-sign on. This 9130 // is only used for AD Connector directories. This account must have privileges 9131 // to remove a service principal name. 9132 // 9133 // If the AD Connector service account does not have privileges to remove a 9134 // service principal name, you can specify an alternate account with the UserName 9135 // and Password parameters. These credentials are only used to disable single 9136 // sign-on and are not stored by the service. The AD Connector service account 9137 // is not changed. 9138 UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 9139} 9140 9141// String returns the string representation 9142func (s DisableSsoInput) String() string { 9143 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9144} 9145 9146// GoString returns the string representation 9147func (s DisableSsoInput) GoString() string { 9148 return s.String() 9149} 9150 9151// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9152func (s *DisableSsoInput) Validate() error { 9153 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisableSsoInput"} 9154 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 9155 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 9156 } 9157 if s.Password != nil && len(*s.Password) < 1 { 9158 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Password", 1)) 9159 } 9160 if s.UserName != nil && len(*s.UserName) < 1 { 9161 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UserName", 1)) 9162 } 9163 9164 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9165 return invalidParams 9166 } 9167 return nil 9168} 9169 9170// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 9171func (s *DisableSsoInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DisableSsoInput { 9172 s.DirectoryId = &v 9173 return s 9174} 9175 9176// SetPassword sets the Password field's value. 9177func (s *DisableSsoInput) SetPassword(v string) *DisableSsoInput { 9178 s.Password = &v 9179 return s 9180} 9181 9182// SetUserName sets the UserName field's value. 9183func (s *DisableSsoInput) SetUserName(v string) *DisableSsoInput { 9184 s.UserName = &v 9185 return s 9186} 9187 9188// Contains the results of the DisableSso operation. 9189type DisableSsoOutput struct { 9190 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9191} 9192 9193// String returns the string representation 9194func (s DisableSsoOutput) String() string { 9195 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9196} 9197 9198// GoString returns the string representation 9199func (s DisableSsoOutput) GoString() string { 9200 return s.String() 9201} 9202 9203// Contains information about the domain controllers for a specified directory. 9204type DomainController struct { 9205 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9206 9207 // The Availability Zone where the domain controller is located. 9208 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 9209 9210 // Identifier of the directory where the domain controller resides. 9211 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 9212 9213 // The IP address of the domain controller. 9214 DnsIpAddr *string `type:"string"` 9215 9216 // Identifies a specific domain controller in the directory. 9217 DomainControllerId *string `type:"string"` 9218 9219 // Specifies when the domain controller was created. 9220 LaunchTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 9221 9222 // The status of the domain controller. 9223 Status *string `type:"string" enum:"DomainControllerStatus"` 9224 9225 // The date and time that the status was last updated. 9226 StatusLastUpdatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 9227 9228 // A description of the domain controller state. 9229 StatusReason *string `type:"string"` 9230 9231 // Identifier of the subnet in the VPC that contains the domain controller. 9232 SubnetId *string `type:"string"` 9233 9234 // The identifier of the VPC that contains the domain controller. 9235 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 9236} 9237 9238// String returns the string representation 9239func (s DomainController) String() string { 9240 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9241} 9242 9243// GoString returns the string representation 9244func (s DomainController) GoString() string { 9245 return s.String() 9246} 9247 9248// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 9249func (s *DomainController) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DomainController { 9250 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 9251 return s 9252} 9253 9254// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 9255func (s *DomainController) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DomainController { 9256 s.DirectoryId = &v 9257 return s 9258} 9259 9260// SetDnsIpAddr sets the DnsIpAddr field's value. 9261func (s *DomainController) SetDnsIpAddr(v string) *DomainController { 9262 s.DnsIpAddr = &v 9263 return s 9264} 9265 9266// SetDomainControllerId sets the DomainControllerId field's value. 9267func (s *DomainController) SetDomainControllerId(v string) *DomainController { 9268 s.DomainControllerId = &v 9269 return s 9270} 9271 9272// SetLaunchTime sets the LaunchTime field's value. 9273func (s *DomainController) SetLaunchTime(v time.Time) *DomainController { 9274 s.LaunchTime = &v 9275 return s 9276} 9277 9278// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 9279func (s *DomainController) SetStatus(v string) *DomainController { 9280 s.Status = &v 9281 return s 9282} 9283 9284// SetStatusLastUpdatedDateTime sets the StatusLastUpdatedDateTime field's value. 9285func (s *DomainController) SetStatusLastUpdatedDateTime(v time.Time) *DomainController { 9286 s.StatusLastUpdatedDateTime = &v 9287 return s 9288} 9289 9290// SetStatusReason sets the StatusReason field's value. 9291func (s *DomainController) SetStatusReason(v string) *DomainController { 9292 s.StatusReason = &v 9293 return s 9294} 9295 9296// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value. 9297func (s *DomainController) SetSubnetId(v string) *DomainController { 9298 s.SubnetId = &v 9299 return s 9300} 9301 9302// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 9303func (s *DomainController) SetVpcId(v string) *DomainController { 9304 s.VpcId = &v 9305 return s 9306} 9307 9308type EnableLDAPSInput struct { 9309 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9310 9311 // The identifier of the directory. 9312 // 9313 // DirectoryId is a required field 9314 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9315 9316 // The type of LDAP security the customer wants to enable. The security can 9317 // be either server or client, but currently only the default Client is supported. 9318 Type *string `type:"string" enum:"LDAPSType"` 9319} 9320 9321// String returns the string representation 9322func (s EnableLDAPSInput) String() string { 9323 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9324} 9325 9326// GoString returns the string representation 9327func (s EnableLDAPSInput) GoString() string { 9328 return s.String() 9329} 9330 9331// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9332func (s *EnableLDAPSInput) Validate() error { 9333 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EnableLDAPSInput"} 9334 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 9335 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 9336 } 9337 9338 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9339 return invalidParams 9340 } 9341 return nil 9342} 9343 9344// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 9345func (s *EnableLDAPSInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *EnableLDAPSInput { 9346 s.DirectoryId = &v 9347 return s 9348} 9349 9350// SetType sets the Type field's value. 9351func (s *EnableLDAPSInput) SetType(v string) *EnableLDAPSInput { 9352 s.Type = &v 9353 return s 9354} 9355 9356type EnableLDAPSOutput struct { 9357 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9358} 9359 9360// String returns the string representation 9361func (s EnableLDAPSOutput) String() string { 9362 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9363} 9364 9365// GoString returns the string representation 9366func (s EnableLDAPSOutput) GoString() string { 9367 return s.String() 9368} 9369 9370// Contains the inputs for the EnableRadius operation. 9371type EnableRadiusInput struct { 9372 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9373 9374 // The identifier of the directory for which to enable MFA. 9375 // 9376 // DirectoryId is a required field 9377 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9378 9379 // A RadiusSettings object that contains information about the RADIUS server. 9380 // 9381 // RadiusSettings is a required field 9382 RadiusSettings *RadiusSettings `type:"structure" required:"true"` 9383} 9384 9385// String returns the string representation 9386func (s EnableRadiusInput) String() string { 9387 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9388} 9389 9390// GoString returns the string representation 9391func (s EnableRadiusInput) GoString() string { 9392 return s.String() 9393} 9394 9395// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9396func (s *EnableRadiusInput) Validate() error { 9397 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EnableRadiusInput"} 9398 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 9399 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 9400 } 9401 if s.RadiusSettings == nil { 9402 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RadiusSettings")) 9403 } 9404 if s.RadiusSettings != nil { 9405 if err := s.RadiusSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 9406 invalidParams.AddNested("RadiusSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 9407 } 9408 } 9409 9410 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9411 return invalidParams 9412 } 9413 return nil 9414} 9415 9416// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 9417func (s *EnableRadiusInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *EnableRadiusInput { 9418 s.DirectoryId = &v 9419 return s 9420} 9421 9422// SetRadiusSettings sets the RadiusSettings field's value. 9423func (s *EnableRadiusInput) SetRadiusSettings(v *RadiusSettings) *EnableRadiusInput { 9424 s.RadiusSettings = v 9425 return s 9426} 9427 9428// Contains the results of the EnableRadius operation. 9429type EnableRadiusOutput struct { 9430 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9431} 9432 9433// String returns the string representation 9434func (s EnableRadiusOutput) String() string { 9435 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9436} 9437 9438// GoString returns the string representation 9439func (s EnableRadiusOutput) GoString() string { 9440 return s.String() 9441} 9442 9443// Contains the inputs for the EnableSso operation. 9444type EnableSsoInput struct { 9445 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9446 9447 // The identifier of the directory for which to enable single-sign on. 9448 // 9449 // DirectoryId is a required field 9450 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9451 9452 // The password of an alternate account to use to enable single-sign on. This 9453 // is only used for AD Connector directories. For more information, see the 9454 // UserName parameter. 9455 Password *string `min:"1" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` 9456 9457 // The username of an alternate account to use to enable single-sign on. This 9458 // is only used for AD Connector directories. This account must have privileges 9459 // to add a service principal name. 9460 // 9461 // If the AD Connector service account does not have privileges to add a service 9462 // principal name, you can specify an alternate account with the UserName and 9463 // Password parameters. These credentials are only used to enable single sign-on 9464 // and are not stored by the service. The AD Connector service account is not 9465 // changed. 9466 UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 9467} 9468 9469// String returns the string representation 9470func (s EnableSsoInput) String() string { 9471 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9472} 9473 9474// GoString returns the string representation 9475func (s EnableSsoInput) GoString() string { 9476 return s.String() 9477} 9478 9479// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9480func (s *EnableSsoInput) Validate() error { 9481 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EnableSsoInput"} 9482 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 9483 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 9484 } 9485 if s.Password != nil && len(*s.Password) < 1 { 9486 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Password", 1)) 9487 } 9488 if s.UserName != nil && len(*s.UserName) < 1 { 9489 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UserName", 1)) 9490 } 9491 9492 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9493 return invalidParams 9494 } 9495 return nil 9496} 9497 9498// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 9499func (s *EnableSsoInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *EnableSsoInput { 9500 s.DirectoryId = &v 9501 return s 9502} 9503 9504// SetPassword sets the Password field's value. 9505func (s *EnableSsoInput) SetPassword(v string) *EnableSsoInput { 9506 s.Password = &v 9507 return s 9508} 9509 9510// SetUserName sets the UserName field's value. 9511func (s *EnableSsoInput) SetUserName(v string) *EnableSsoInput { 9512 s.UserName = &v 9513 return s 9514} 9515 9516// Contains the results of the EnableSso operation. 9517type EnableSsoOutput struct { 9518 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9519} 9520 9521// String returns the string representation 9522func (s EnableSsoOutput) String() string { 9523 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9524} 9525 9526// GoString returns the string representation 9527func (s EnableSsoOutput) GoString() string { 9528 return s.String() 9529} 9530 9531// Information about SNS topic and AWS Directory Service directory associations. 9532type EventTopic struct { 9533 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9534 9535 // The date and time of when you associated your directory with the SNS topic. 9536 CreatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 9537 9538 // The Directory ID of an AWS Directory Service directory that will publish 9539 // status messages to an SNS topic. 9540 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 9541 9542 // The topic registration status. 9543 Status *string `type:"string" enum:"TopicStatus"` 9544 9545 // The SNS topic ARN (Amazon Resource Name). 9546 TopicArn *string `type:"string"` 9547 9548 // The name of an AWS SNS topic the receives status messages from the directory. 9549 TopicName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 9550} 9551 9552// String returns the string representation 9553func (s EventTopic) String() string { 9554 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9555} 9556 9557// GoString returns the string representation 9558func (s EventTopic) GoString() string { 9559 return s.String() 9560} 9561 9562// SetCreatedDateTime sets the CreatedDateTime field's value. 9563func (s *EventTopic) SetCreatedDateTime(v time.Time) *EventTopic { 9564 s.CreatedDateTime = &v 9565 return s 9566} 9567 9568// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 9569func (s *EventTopic) SetDirectoryId(v string) *EventTopic { 9570 s.DirectoryId = &v 9571 return s 9572} 9573 9574// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 9575func (s *EventTopic) SetStatus(v string) *EventTopic { 9576 s.Status = &v 9577 return s 9578} 9579 9580// SetTopicArn sets the TopicArn field's value. 9581func (s *EventTopic) SetTopicArn(v string) *EventTopic { 9582 s.TopicArn = &v 9583 return s 9584} 9585 9586// SetTopicName sets the TopicName field's value. 9587func (s *EventTopic) SetTopicName(v string) *EventTopic { 9588 s.TopicName = &v 9589 return s 9590} 9591 9592// Contains the inputs for the GetDirectoryLimits operation. 9593type GetDirectoryLimitsInput struct { 9594 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9595} 9596 9597// String returns the string representation 9598func (s GetDirectoryLimitsInput) String() string { 9599 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9600} 9601 9602// GoString returns the string representation 9603func (s GetDirectoryLimitsInput) GoString() string { 9604 return s.String() 9605} 9606 9607// Contains the results of the GetDirectoryLimits operation. 9608type GetDirectoryLimitsOutput struct { 9609 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9610 9611 // A DirectoryLimits object that contains the directory limits for the current 9612 // rRegion. 9613 DirectoryLimits *DirectoryLimits `type:"structure"` 9614} 9615 9616// String returns the string representation 9617func (s GetDirectoryLimitsOutput) String() string { 9618 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9619} 9620 9621// GoString returns the string representation 9622func (s GetDirectoryLimitsOutput) GoString() string { 9623 return s.String() 9624} 9625 9626// SetDirectoryLimits sets the DirectoryLimits field's value. 9627func (s *GetDirectoryLimitsOutput) SetDirectoryLimits(v *DirectoryLimits) *GetDirectoryLimitsOutput { 9628 s.DirectoryLimits = v 9629 return s 9630} 9631 9632// Contains the inputs for the GetSnapshotLimits operation. 9633type GetSnapshotLimitsInput struct { 9634 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9635 9636 // Contains the identifier of the directory to obtain the limits for. 9637 // 9638 // DirectoryId is a required field 9639 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9640} 9641 9642// String returns the string representation 9643func (s GetSnapshotLimitsInput) String() string { 9644 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9645} 9646 9647// GoString returns the string representation 9648func (s GetSnapshotLimitsInput) GoString() string { 9649 return s.String() 9650} 9651 9652// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9653func (s *GetSnapshotLimitsInput) Validate() error { 9654 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetSnapshotLimitsInput"} 9655 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 9656 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 9657 } 9658 9659 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9660 return invalidParams 9661 } 9662 return nil 9663} 9664 9665// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 9666func (s *GetSnapshotLimitsInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *GetSnapshotLimitsInput { 9667 s.DirectoryId = &v 9668 return s 9669} 9670 9671// Contains the results of the GetSnapshotLimits operation. 9672type GetSnapshotLimitsOutput struct { 9673 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9674 9675 // A SnapshotLimits object that contains the manual snapshot limits for the 9676 // specified directory. 9677 SnapshotLimits *SnapshotLimits `type:"structure"` 9678} 9679 9680// String returns the string representation 9681func (s GetSnapshotLimitsOutput) String() string { 9682 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9683} 9684 9685// GoString returns the string representation 9686func (s GetSnapshotLimitsOutput) GoString() string { 9687 return s.String() 9688} 9689 9690// SetSnapshotLimits sets the SnapshotLimits field's value. 9691func (s *GetSnapshotLimitsOutput) SetSnapshotLimits(v *SnapshotLimits) *GetSnapshotLimitsOutput { 9692 s.SnapshotLimits = v 9693 return s 9694} 9695 9696// IP address block. This is often the address block of the DNS server used 9697// for your on-premises domain. 9698type IpRoute struct { 9699 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9700 9701 // IP address block using CIDR format, for example 10.0.0.0/24. This is often 9702 // the address block of the DNS server used for your on-premises domain. For 9703 // a single IP address use a CIDR address block with /32. For example 10.0.0.0/32. 9704 CidrIp *string `type:"string"` 9705 9706 // Description of the address block. 9707 Description *string `type:"string"` 9708} 9709 9710// String returns the string representation 9711func (s IpRoute) String() string { 9712 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9713} 9714 9715// GoString returns the string representation 9716func (s IpRoute) GoString() string { 9717 return s.String() 9718} 9719 9720// SetCidrIp sets the CidrIp field's value. 9721func (s *IpRoute) SetCidrIp(v string) *IpRoute { 9722 s.CidrIp = &v 9723 return s 9724} 9725 9726// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 9727func (s *IpRoute) SetDescription(v string) *IpRoute { 9728 s.Description = &v 9729 return s 9730} 9731 9732// Information about one or more IP address blocks. 9733type IpRouteInfo struct { 9734 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9735 9736 // The date and time the address block was added to the directory. 9737 AddedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 9738 9739 // IP address block in the IpRoute. 9740 CidrIp *string `type:"string"` 9741 9742 // Description of the IpRouteInfo. 9743 Description *string `type:"string"` 9744 9745 // Identifier (ID) of the directory associated with the IP addresses. 9746 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 9747 9748 // The status of the IP address block. 9749 IpRouteStatusMsg *string `type:"string" enum:"IpRouteStatusMsg"` 9750 9751 // The reason for the IpRouteStatusMsg. 9752 IpRouteStatusReason *string `type:"string"` 9753} 9754 9755// String returns the string representation 9756func (s IpRouteInfo) String() string { 9757 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9758} 9759 9760// GoString returns the string representation 9761func (s IpRouteInfo) GoString() string { 9762 return s.String() 9763} 9764 9765// SetAddedDateTime sets the AddedDateTime field's value. 9766func (s *IpRouteInfo) SetAddedDateTime(v time.Time) *IpRouteInfo { 9767 s.AddedDateTime = &v 9768 return s 9769} 9770 9771// SetCidrIp sets the CidrIp field's value. 9772func (s *IpRouteInfo) SetCidrIp(v string) *IpRouteInfo { 9773 s.CidrIp = &v 9774 return s 9775} 9776 9777// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 9778func (s *IpRouteInfo) SetDescription(v string) *IpRouteInfo { 9779 s.Description = &v 9780 return s 9781} 9782 9783// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 9784func (s *IpRouteInfo) SetDirectoryId(v string) *IpRouteInfo { 9785 s.DirectoryId = &v 9786 return s 9787} 9788 9789// SetIpRouteStatusMsg sets the IpRouteStatusMsg field's value. 9790func (s *IpRouteInfo) SetIpRouteStatusMsg(v string) *IpRouteInfo { 9791 s.IpRouteStatusMsg = &v 9792 return s 9793} 9794 9795// SetIpRouteStatusReason sets the IpRouteStatusReason field's value. 9796func (s *IpRouteInfo) SetIpRouteStatusReason(v string) *IpRouteInfo { 9797 s.IpRouteStatusReason = &v 9798 return s 9799} 9800 9801// Contains general information about the LDAPS settings. 9802type LDAPSSettingInfo struct { 9803 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9804 9805 // The state of the LDAPS settings. 9806 LDAPSStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"LDAPSStatus"` 9807 9808 // Describes a state change for LDAPS. 9809 LDAPSStatusReason *string `type:"string"` 9810 9811 // The date and time when the LDAPS settings were last updated. 9812 LastUpdatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 9813} 9814 9815// String returns the string representation 9816func (s LDAPSSettingInfo) String() string { 9817 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9818} 9819 9820// GoString returns the string representation 9821func (s LDAPSSettingInfo) GoString() string { 9822 return s.String() 9823} 9824 9825// SetLDAPSStatus sets the LDAPSStatus field's value. 9826func (s *LDAPSSettingInfo) SetLDAPSStatus(v string) *LDAPSSettingInfo { 9827 s.LDAPSStatus = &v 9828 return s 9829} 9830 9831// SetLDAPSStatusReason sets the LDAPSStatusReason field's value. 9832func (s *LDAPSSettingInfo) SetLDAPSStatusReason(v string) *LDAPSSettingInfo { 9833 s.LDAPSStatusReason = &v 9834 return s 9835} 9836 9837// SetLastUpdatedDateTime sets the LastUpdatedDateTime field's value. 9838func (s *LDAPSSettingInfo) SetLastUpdatedDateTime(v time.Time) *LDAPSSettingInfo { 9839 s.LastUpdatedDateTime = &v 9840 return s 9841} 9842 9843type ListCertificatesInput struct { 9844 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9845 9846 // The identifier of the directory. 9847 // 9848 // DirectoryId is a required field 9849 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9850 9851 // The number of items that should show up on one page 9852 Limit *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` 9853 9854 // A token for requesting another page of certificates if the NextToken response 9855 // element indicates that more certificates are available. Use the value of 9856 // the returned NextToken element in your request until the token comes back 9857 // as null. Pass null if this is the first call. 9858 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 9859} 9860 9861// String returns the string representation 9862func (s ListCertificatesInput) String() string { 9863 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9864} 9865 9866// GoString returns the string representation 9867func (s ListCertificatesInput) GoString() string { 9868 return s.String() 9869} 9870 9871// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9872func (s *ListCertificatesInput) Validate() error { 9873 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListCertificatesInput"} 9874 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 9875 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 9876 } 9877 if s.Limit != nil && *s.Limit < 1 { 9878 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Limit", 1)) 9879 } 9880 9881 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9882 return invalidParams 9883 } 9884 return nil 9885} 9886 9887// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 9888func (s *ListCertificatesInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *ListCertificatesInput { 9889 s.DirectoryId = &v 9890 return s 9891} 9892 9893// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value. 9894func (s *ListCertificatesInput) SetLimit(v int64) *ListCertificatesInput { 9895 s.Limit = &v 9896 return s 9897} 9898 9899// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 9900func (s *ListCertificatesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListCertificatesInput { 9901 s.NextToken = &v 9902 return s 9903} 9904 9905type ListCertificatesOutput struct { 9906 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9907 9908 // A list of certificates with basic details including certificate ID, certificate 9909 // common name, certificate state. 9910 CertificatesInfo []*CertificateInfo `type:"list"` 9911 9912 // Indicates whether another page of certificates is available when the number 9913 // of available certificates exceeds the page limit. 9914 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 9915} 9916 9917// String returns the string representation 9918func (s ListCertificatesOutput) String() string { 9919 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9920} 9921 9922// GoString returns the string representation 9923func (s ListCertificatesOutput) GoString() string { 9924 return s.String() 9925} 9926 9927// SetCertificatesInfo sets the CertificatesInfo field's value. 9928func (s *ListCertificatesOutput) SetCertificatesInfo(v []*CertificateInfo) *ListCertificatesOutput { 9929 s.CertificatesInfo = v 9930 return s 9931} 9932 9933// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 9934func (s *ListCertificatesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListCertificatesOutput { 9935 s.NextToken = &v 9936 return s 9937} 9938 9939type ListIpRoutesInput struct { 9940 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9941 9942 // Identifier (ID) of the directory for which you want to retrieve the IP addresses. 9943 // 9944 // DirectoryId is a required field 9945 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9946 9947 // Maximum number of items to return. If this value is zero, the maximum number 9948 // of items is specified by the limitations of the operation. 9949 Limit *int64 `type:"integer"` 9950 9951 // The ListIpRoutes.NextToken value from a previous call to ListIpRoutes. Pass 9952 // null if this is the first call. 9953 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 9954} 9955 9956// String returns the string representation 9957func (s ListIpRoutesInput) String() string { 9958 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9959} 9960 9961// GoString returns the string representation 9962func (s ListIpRoutesInput) GoString() string { 9963 return s.String() 9964} 9965 9966// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9967func (s *ListIpRoutesInput) Validate() error { 9968 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListIpRoutesInput"} 9969 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 9970 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 9971 } 9972 9973 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9974 return invalidParams 9975 } 9976 return nil 9977} 9978 9979// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 9980func (s *ListIpRoutesInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *ListIpRoutesInput { 9981 s.DirectoryId = &v 9982 return s 9983} 9984 9985// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value. 9986func (s *ListIpRoutesInput) SetLimit(v int64) *ListIpRoutesInput { 9987 s.Limit = &v 9988 return s 9989} 9990 9991// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 9992func (s *ListIpRoutesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListIpRoutesInput { 9993 s.NextToken = &v 9994 return s 9995} 9996 9997type ListIpRoutesOutput struct { 9998 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9999 10000 // A list of IpRoutes. 10001 IpRoutesInfo []*IpRouteInfo `type:"list"` 10002 10003 // If not null, more results are available. Pass this value for the NextToken 10004 // parameter in a subsequent call to ListIpRoutes to retrieve the next set of 10005 // items. 10006 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 10007} 10008 10009// String returns the string representation 10010func (s ListIpRoutesOutput) String() string { 10011 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10012} 10013 10014// GoString returns the string representation 10015func (s ListIpRoutesOutput) GoString() string { 10016 return s.String() 10017} 10018 10019// SetIpRoutesInfo sets the IpRoutesInfo field's value. 10020func (s *ListIpRoutesOutput) SetIpRoutesInfo(v []*IpRouteInfo) *ListIpRoutesOutput { 10021 s.IpRoutesInfo = v 10022 return s 10023} 10024 10025// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 10026func (s *ListIpRoutesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListIpRoutesOutput { 10027 s.NextToken = &v 10028 return s 10029} 10030 10031type ListLogSubscriptionsInput struct { 10032 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10033 10034 // If a DirectoryID is provided, lists only the log subscription associated 10035 // with that directory. If no DirectoryId is provided, lists all log subscriptions 10036 // associated with your AWS account. If there are no log subscriptions for the 10037 // AWS account or the directory, an empty list will be returned. 10038 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 10039 10040 // The maximum number of items returned. 10041 Limit *int64 `type:"integer"` 10042 10043 // The token for the next set of items to return. 10044 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 10045} 10046 10047// String returns the string representation 10048func (s ListLogSubscriptionsInput) String() string { 10049 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10050} 10051 10052// GoString returns the string representation 10053func (s ListLogSubscriptionsInput) GoString() string { 10054 return s.String() 10055} 10056 10057// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 10058func (s *ListLogSubscriptionsInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *ListLogSubscriptionsInput { 10059 s.DirectoryId = &v 10060 return s 10061} 10062 10063// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value. 10064func (s *ListLogSubscriptionsInput) SetLimit(v int64) *ListLogSubscriptionsInput { 10065 s.Limit = &v 10066 return s 10067} 10068 10069// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 10070func (s *ListLogSubscriptionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListLogSubscriptionsInput { 10071 s.NextToken = &v 10072 return s 10073} 10074 10075type ListLogSubscriptionsOutput struct { 10076 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10077 10078 // A list of active LogSubscription objects for calling the AWS account. 10079 LogSubscriptions []*LogSubscription `type:"list"` 10080 10081 // The token for the next set of items to return. 10082 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 10083} 10084 10085// String returns the string representation 10086func (s ListLogSubscriptionsOutput) String() string { 10087 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10088} 10089 10090// GoString returns the string representation 10091func (s ListLogSubscriptionsOutput) GoString() string { 10092 return s.String() 10093} 10094 10095// SetLogSubscriptions sets the LogSubscriptions field's value. 10096func (s *ListLogSubscriptionsOutput) SetLogSubscriptions(v []*LogSubscription) *ListLogSubscriptionsOutput { 10097 s.LogSubscriptions = v 10098 return s 10099} 10100 10101// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 10102func (s *ListLogSubscriptionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListLogSubscriptionsOutput { 10103 s.NextToken = &v 10104 return s 10105} 10106 10107type ListSchemaExtensionsInput struct { 10108 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10109 10110 // The identifier of the directory from which to retrieve the schema extension 10111 // information. 10112 // 10113 // DirectoryId is a required field 10114 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10115 10116 // The maximum number of items to return. 10117 Limit *int64 `type:"integer"` 10118 10119 // The ListSchemaExtensions.NextToken value from a previous call to ListSchemaExtensions. 10120 // Pass null if this is the first call. 10121 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 10122} 10123 10124// String returns the string representation 10125func (s ListSchemaExtensionsInput) String() string { 10126 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10127} 10128 10129// GoString returns the string representation 10130func (s ListSchemaExtensionsInput) GoString() string { 10131 return s.String() 10132} 10133 10134// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10135func (s *ListSchemaExtensionsInput) Validate() error { 10136 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListSchemaExtensionsInput"} 10137 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 10138 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 10139 } 10140 10141 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10142 return invalidParams 10143 } 10144 return nil 10145} 10146 10147// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 10148func (s *ListSchemaExtensionsInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *ListSchemaExtensionsInput { 10149 s.DirectoryId = &v 10150 return s 10151} 10152 10153// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value. 10154func (s *ListSchemaExtensionsInput) SetLimit(v int64) *ListSchemaExtensionsInput { 10155 s.Limit = &v 10156 return s 10157} 10158 10159// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 10160func (s *ListSchemaExtensionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListSchemaExtensionsInput { 10161 s.NextToken = &v 10162 return s 10163} 10164 10165type ListSchemaExtensionsOutput struct { 10166 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10167 10168 // If not null, more results are available. Pass this value for the NextToken 10169 // parameter in a subsequent call to ListSchemaExtensions to retrieve the next 10170 // set of items. 10171 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 10172 10173 // Information about the schema extensions applied to the directory. 10174 SchemaExtensionsInfo []*SchemaExtensionInfo `type:"list"` 10175} 10176 10177// String returns the string representation 10178func (s ListSchemaExtensionsOutput) String() string { 10179 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10180} 10181 10182// GoString returns the string representation 10183func (s ListSchemaExtensionsOutput) GoString() string { 10184 return s.String() 10185} 10186 10187// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 10188func (s *ListSchemaExtensionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListSchemaExtensionsOutput { 10189 s.NextToken = &v 10190 return s 10191} 10192 10193// SetSchemaExtensionsInfo sets the SchemaExtensionsInfo field's value. 10194func (s *ListSchemaExtensionsOutput) SetSchemaExtensionsInfo(v []*SchemaExtensionInfo) *ListSchemaExtensionsOutput { 10195 s.SchemaExtensionsInfo = v 10196 return s 10197} 10198 10199type ListTagsForResourceInput struct { 10200 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10201 10202 // Reserved for future use. 10203 Limit *int64 `type:"integer"` 10204 10205 // Reserved for future use. 10206 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 10207 10208 // Identifier (ID) of the directory for which you want to retrieve tags. 10209 // 10210 // ResourceId is a required field 10211 ResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10212} 10213 10214// String returns the string representation 10215func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string { 10216 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10217} 10218 10219// GoString returns the string representation 10220func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string { 10221 return s.String() 10222} 10223 10224// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10225func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error { 10226 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTagsForResourceInput"} 10227 if s.ResourceId == nil { 10228 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceId")) 10229 } 10230 10231 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10232 return invalidParams 10233 } 10234 return nil 10235} 10236 10237// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value. 10238func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetLimit(v int64) *ListTagsForResourceInput { 10239 s.Limit = &v 10240 return s 10241} 10242 10243// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 10244func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListTagsForResourceInput { 10245 s.NextToken = &v 10246 return s 10247} 10248 10249// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value. 10250func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetResourceId(v string) *ListTagsForResourceInput { 10251 s.ResourceId = &v 10252 return s 10253} 10254 10255type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct { 10256 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10257 10258 // Reserved for future use. 10259 NextToken *string `type:"string"` 10260 10261 // List of tags returned by the ListTagsForResource operation. 10262 Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` 10263} 10264 10265// String returns the string representation 10266func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string { 10267 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10268} 10269 10270// GoString returns the string representation 10271func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string { 10272 return s.String() 10273} 10274 10275// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 10276func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListTagsForResourceOutput { 10277 s.NextToken = &v 10278 return s 10279} 10280 10281// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 10282func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ListTagsForResourceOutput { 10283 s.Tags = v 10284 return s 10285} 10286 10287// Represents a log subscription, which tracks real-time data from a chosen 10288// log group to a specified destination. 10289type LogSubscription struct { 10290 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10291 10292 // Identifier (ID) of the directory that you want to associate with the log 10293 // subscription. 10294 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 10295 10296 // The name of the log group. 10297 LogGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 10298 10299 // The date and time that the log subscription was created. 10300 SubscriptionCreatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 10301} 10302 10303// String returns the string representation 10304func (s LogSubscription) String() string { 10305 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10306} 10307 10308// GoString returns the string representation 10309func (s LogSubscription) GoString() string { 10310 return s.String() 10311} 10312 10313// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 10314func (s *LogSubscription) SetDirectoryId(v string) *LogSubscription { 10315 s.DirectoryId = &v 10316 return s 10317} 10318 10319// SetLogGroupName sets the LogGroupName field's value. 10320func (s *LogSubscription) SetLogGroupName(v string) *LogSubscription { 10321 s.LogGroupName = &v 10322 return s 10323} 10324 10325// SetSubscriptionCreatedDateTime sets the SubscriptionCreatedDateTime field's value. 10326func (s *LogSubscription) SetSubscriptionCreatedDateTime(v time.Time) *LogSubscription { 10327 s.SubscriptionCreatedDateTime = &v 10328 return s 10329} 10330 10331// Describes the directory owner account details that have been shared to the 10332// directory consumer account. 10333type OwnerDirectoryDescription struct { 10334 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10335 10336 // Identifier of the directory owner account. 10337 AccountId *string `type:"string"` 10338 10339 // Identifier of the AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory in the directory owner 10340 // account. 10341 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 10342 10343 // IP address of the directory’s domain controllers. 10344 DnsIpAddrs []*string `type:"list"` 10345 10346 // A RadiusSettings object that contains information about the RADIUS server. 10347 RadiusSettings *RadiusSettings `type:"structure"` 10348 10349 // Information about the status of the RADIUS server. 10350 RadiusStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"RadiusStatus"` 10351 10352 // Information about the VPC settings for the directory. 10353 VpcSettings *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription `type:"structure"` 10354} 10355 10356// String returns the string representation 10357func (s OwnerDirectoryDescription) String() string { 10358 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10359} 10360 10361// GoString returns the string representation 10362func (s OwnerDirectoryDescription) GoString() string { 10363 return s.String() 10364} 10365 10366// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value. 10367func (s *OwnerDirectoryDescription) SetAccountId(v string) *OwnerDirectoryDescription { 10368 s.AccountId = &v 10369 return s 10370} 10371 10372// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 10373func (s *OwnerDirectoryDescription) SetDirectoryId(v string) *OwnerDirectoryDescription { 10374 s.DirectoryId = &v 10375 return s 10376} 10377 10378// SetDnsIpAddrs sets the DnsIpAddrs field's value. 10379func (s *OwnerDirectoryDescription) SetDnsIpAddrs(v []*string) *OwnerDirectoryDescription { 10380 s.DnsIpAddrs = v 10381 return s 10382} 10383 10384// SetRadiusSettings sets the RadiusSettings field's value. 10385func (s *OwnerDirectoryDescription) SetRadiusSettings(v *RadiusSettings) *OwnerDirectoryDescription { 10386 s.RadiusSettings = v 10387 return s 10388} 10389 10390// SetRadiusStatus sets the RadiusStatus field's value. 10391func (s *OwnerDirectoryDescription) SetRadiusStatus(v string) *OwnerDirectoryDescription { 10392 s.RadiusStatus = &v 10393 return s 10394} 10395 10396// SetVpcSettings sets the VpcSettings field's value. 10397func (s *OwnerDirectoryDescription) SetVpcSettings(v *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription) *OwnerDirectoryDescription { 10398 s.VpcSettings = v 10399 return s 10400} 10401 10402// Contains information about a Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) 10403// server. 10404type RadiusSettings struct { 10405 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10406 10407 // The protocol specified for your RADIUS endpoints. 10408 AuthenticationProtocol *string `type:"string" enum:"RadiusAuthenticationProtocol"` 10409 10410 // Not currently used. 10411 DisplayLabel *string `min:"1" type:"string"` 10412 10413 // The port that your RADIUS server is using for communications. Your on-premises 10414 // network must allow inbound traffic over this port from the AWS Directory 10415 // Service servers. 10416 RadiusPort *int64 `min:"1025" type:"integer"` 10417 10418 // The maximum number of times that communication with the RADIUS server is 10419 // attempted. 10420 RadiusRetries *int64 `type:"integer"` 10421 10422 // An array of strings that contains the IP addresses of the RADIUS server endpoints, 10423 // or the IP addresses of your RADIUS server load balancer. 10424 RadiusServers []*string `type:"list"` 10425 10426 // The amount of time, in seconds, to wait for the RADIUS server to respond. 10427 RadiusTimeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` 10428 10429 // Required for enabling RADIUS on the directory. 10430 SharedSecret *string `min:"8" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` 10431 10432 // Not currently used. 10433 UseSameUsername *bool `type:"boolean"` 10434} 10435 10436// String returns the string representation 10437func (s RadiusSettings) String() string { 10438 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10439} 10440 10441// GoString returns the string representation 10442func (s RadiusSettings) GoString() string { 10443 return s.String() 10444} 10445 10446// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10447func (s *RadiusSettings) Validate() error { 10448 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RadiusSettings"} 10449 if s.DisplayLabel != nil && len(*s.DisplayLabel) < 1 { 10450 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DisplayLabel", 1)) 10451 } 10452 if s.RadiusPort != nil && *s.RadiusPort < 1025 { 10453 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RadiusPort", 1025)) 10454 } 10455 if s.RadiusTimeout != nil && *s.RadiusTimeout < 1 { 10456 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RadiusTimeout", 1)) 10457 } 10458 if s.SharedSecret != nil && len(*s.SharedSecret) < 8 { 10459 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SharedSecret", 8)) 10460 } 10461 10462 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10463 return invalidParams 10464 } 10465 return nil 10466} 10467 10468// SetAuthenticationProtocol sets the AuthenticationProtocol field's value. 10469func (s *RadiusSettings) SetAuthenticationProtocol(v string) *RadiusSettings { 10470 s.AuthenticationProtocol = &v 10471 return s 10472} 10473 10474// SetDisplayLabel sets the DisplayLabel field's value. 10475func (s *RadiusSettings) SetDisplayLabel(v string) *RadiusSettings { 10476 s.DisplayLabel = &v 10477 return s 10478} 10479 10480// SetRadiusPort sets the RadiusPort field's value. 10481func (s *RadiusSettings) SetRadiusPort(v int64) *RadiusSettings { 10482 s.RadiusPort = &v 10483 return s 10484} 10485 10486// SetRadiusRetries sets the RadiusRetries field's value. 10487func (s *RadiusSettings) SetRadiusRetries(v int64) *RadiusSettings { 10488 s.RadiusRetries = &v 10489 return s 10490} 10491 10492// SetRadiusServers sets the RadiusServers field's value. 10493func (s *RadiusSettings) SetRadiusServers(v []*string) *RadiusSettings { 10494 s.RadiusServers = v 10495 return s 10496} 10497 10498// SetRadiusTimeout sets the RadiusTimeout field's value. 10499func (s *RadiusSettings) SetRadiusTimeout(v int64) *RadiusSettings { 10500 s.RadiusTimeout = &v 10501 return s 10502} 10503 10504// SetSharedSecret sets the SharedSecret field's value. 10505func (s *RadiusSettings) SetSharedSecret(v string) *RadiusSettings { 10506 s.SharedSecret = &v 10507 return s 10508} 10509 10510// SetUseSameUsername sets the UseSameUsername field's value. 10511func (s *RadiusSettings) SetUseSameUsername(v bool) *RadiusSettings { 10512 s.UseSameUsername = &v 10513 return s 10514} 10515 10516type RegisterCertificateInput struct { 10517 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10518 10519 // The certificate PEM string that needs to be registered. 10520 // 10521 // CertificateData is a required field 10522 CertificateData *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 10523 10524 // The identifier of the directory. 10525 // 10526 // DirectoryId is a required field 10527 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10528} 10529 10530// String returns the string representation 10531func (s RegisterCertificateInput) String() string { 10532 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10533} 10534 10535// GoString returns the string representation 10536func (s RegisterCertificateInput) GoString() string { 10537 return s.String() 10538} 10539 10540// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10541func (s *RegisterCertificateInput) Validate() error { 10542 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RegisterCertificateInput"} 10543 if s.CertificateData == nil { 10544 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CertificateData")) 10545 } 10546 if s.CertificateData != nil && len(*s.CertificateData) < 1 { 10547 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CertificateData", 1)) 10548 } 10549 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 10550 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 10551 } 10552 10553 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10554 return invalidParams 10555 } 10556 return nil 10557} 10558 10559// SetCertificateData sets the CertificateData field's value. 10560func (s *RegisterCertificateInput) SetCertificateData(v string) *RegisterCertificateInput { 10561 s.CertificateData = &v 10562 return s 10563} 10564 10565// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 10566func (s *RegisterCertificateInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *RegisterCertificateInput { 10567 s.DirectoryId = &v 10568 return s 10569} 10570 10571type RegisterCertificateOutput struct { 10572 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10573 10574 // The identifier of the certificate. 10575 CertificateId *string `type:"string"` 10576} 10577 10578// String returns the string representation 10579func (s RegisterCertificateOutput) String() string { 10580 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10581} 10582 10583// GoString returns the string representation 10584func (s RegisterCertificateOutput) GoString() string { 10585 return s.String() 10586} 10587 10588// SetCertificateId sets the CertificateId field's value. 10589func (s *RegisterCertificateOutput) SetCertificateId(v string) *RegisterCertificateOutput { 10590 s.CertificateId = &v 10591 return s 10592} 10593 10594// Registers a new event topic. 10595type RegisterEventTopicInput struct { 10596 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10597 10598 // The Directory ID that will publish status messages to the SNS topic. 10599 // 10600 // DirectoryId is a required field 10601 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10602 10603 // The SNS topic name to which the directory will publish status messages. This 10604 // SNS topic must be in the same region as the specified Directory ID. 10605 // 10606 // TopicName is a required field 10607 TopicName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 10608} 10609 10610// String returns the string representation 10611func (s RegisterEventTopicInput) String() string { 10612 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10613} 10614 10615// GoString returns the string representation 10616func (s RegisterEventTopicInput) GoString() string { 10617 return s.String() 10618} 10619 10620// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10621func (s *RegisterEventTopicInput) Validate() error { 10622 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RegisterEventTopicInput"} 10623 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 10624 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 10625 } 10626 if s.TopicName == nil { 10627 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TopicName")) 10628 } 10629 if s.TopicName != nil && len(*s.TopicName) < 1 { 10630 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TopicName", 1)) 10631 } 10632 10633 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10634 return invalidParams 10635 } 10636 return nil 10637} 10638 10639// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 10640func (s *RegisterEventTopicInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *RegisterEventTopicInput { 10641 s.DirectoryId = &v 10642 return s 10643} 10644 10645// SetTopicName sets the TopicName field's value. 10646func (s *RegisterEventTopicInput) SetTopicName(v string) *RegisterEventTopicInput { 10647 s.TopicName = &v 10648 return s 10649} 10650 10651// The result of a RegisterEventTopic request. 10652type RegisterEventTopicOutput struct { 10653 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10654} 10655 10656// String returns the string representation 10657func (s RegisterEventTopicOutput) String() string { 10658 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10659} 10660 10661// GoString returns the string representation 10662func (s RegisterEventTopicOutput) GoString() string { 10663 return s.String() 10664} 10665 10666type RejectSharedDirectoryInput struct { 10667 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10668 10669 // Identifier of the shared directory in the directory consumer account. This 10670 // identifier is different for each directory owner account. 10671 // 10672 // SharedDirectoryId is a required field 10673 SharedDirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10674} 10675 10676// String returns the string representation 10677func (s RejectSharedDirectoryInput) String() string { 10678 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10679} 10680 10681// GoString returns the string representation 10682func (s RejectSharedDirectoryInput) GoString() string { 10683 return s.String() 10684} 10685 10686// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10687func (s *RejectSharedDirectoryInput) Validate() error { 10688 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RejectSharedDirectoryInput"} 10689 if s.SharedDirectoryId == nil { 10690 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SharedDirectoryId")) 10691 } 10692 10693 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10694 return invalidParams 10695 } 10696 return nil 10697} 10698 10699// SetSharedDirectoryId sets the SharedDirectoryId field's value. 10700func (s *RejectSharedDirectoryInput) SetSharedDirectoryId(v string) *RejectSharedDirectoryInput { 10701 s.SharedDirectoryId = &v 10702 return s 10703} 10704 10705type RejectSharedDirectoryOutput struct { 10706 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10707 10708 // Identifier of the shared directory in the directory consumer account. 10709 SharedDirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 10710} 10711 10712// String returns the string representation 10713func (s RejectSharedDirectoryOutput) String() string { 10714 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10715} 10716 10717// GoString returns the string representation 10718func (s RejectSharedDirectoryOutput) GoString() string { 10719 return s.String() 10720} 10721 10722// SetSharedDirectoryId sets the SharedDirectoryId field's value. 10723func (s *RejectSharedDirectoryOutput) SetSharedDirectoryId(v string) *RejectSharedDirectoryOutput { 10724 s.SharedDirectoryId = &v 10725 return s 10726} 10727 10728type RemoveIpRoutesInput struct { 10729 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10730 10731 // IP address blocks that you want to remove. 10732 // 10733 // CidrIps is a required field 10734 CidrIps []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` 10735 10736 // Identifier (ID) of the directory from which you want to remove the IP addresses. 10737 // 10738 // DirectoryId is a required field 10739 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10740} 10741 10742// String returns the string representation 10743func (s RemoveIpRoutesInput) String() string { 10744 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10745} 10746 10747// GoString returns the string representation 10748func (s RemoveIpRoutesInput) GoString() string { 10749 return s.String() 10750} 10751 10752// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10753func (s *RemoveIpRoutesInput) Validate() error { 10754 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveIpRoutesInput"} 10755 if s.CidrIps == nil { 10756 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CidrIps")) 10757 } 10758 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 10759 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 10760 } 10761 10762 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10763 return invalidParams 10764 } 10765 return nil 10766} 10767 10768// SetCidrIps sets the CidrIps field's value. 10769func (s *RemoveIpRoutesInput) SetCidrIps(v []*string) *RemoveIpRoutesInput { 10770 s.CidrIps = v 10771 return s 10772} 10773 10774// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 10775func (s *RemoveIpRoutesInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *RemoveIpRoutesInput { 10776 s.DirectoryId = &v 10777 return s 10778} 10779 10780type RemoveIpRoutesOutput struct { 10781 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10782} 10783 10784// String returns the string representation 10785func (s RemoveIpRoutesOutput) String() string { 10786 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10787} 10788 10789// GoString returns the string representation 10790func (s RemoveIpRoutesOutput) GoString() string { 10791 return s.String() 10792} 10793 10794type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput struct { 10795 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10796 10797 // Identifier (ID) of the directory from which to remove the tag. 10798 // 10799 // ResourceId is a required field 10800 ResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10801 10802 // The tag key (name) of the tag to be removed. 10803 // 10804 // TagKeys is a required field 10805 TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` 10806} 10807 10808// String returns the string representation 10809func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) String() string { 10810 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10811} 10812 10813// GoString returns the string representation 10814func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) GoString() string { 10815 return s.String() 10816} 10817 10818// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10819func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) Validate() error { 10820 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveTagsFromResourceInput"} 10821 if s.ResourceId == nil { 10822 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceId")) 10823 } 10824 if s.TagKeys == nil { 10825 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys")) 10826 } 10827 10828 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10829 return invalidParams 10830 } 10831 return nil 10832} 10833 10834// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value. 10835func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) SetResourceId(v string) *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput { 10836 s.ResourceId = &v 10837 return s 10838} 10839 10840// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value. 10841func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput { 10842 s.TagKeys = v 10843 return s 10844} 10845 10846type RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput struct { 10847 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10848} 10849 10850// String returns the string representation 10851func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) String() string { 10852 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10853} 10854 10855// GoString returns the string representation 10856func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) GoString() string { 10857 return s.String() 10858} 10859 10860type ResetUserPasswordInput struct { 10861 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10862 10863 // Identifier of the AWS Managed Microsoft AD or Simple AD directory in which 10864 // the user resides. 10865 // 10866 // DirectoryId is a required field 10867 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10868 10869 // The new password that will be reset. 10870 // 10871 // NewPassword is a required field 10872 NewPassword *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"` 10873 10874 // The user name of the user whose password will be reset. 10875 // 10876 // UserName is a required field 10877 UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 10878} 10879 10880// String returns the string representation 10881func (s ResetUserPasswordInput) String() string { 10882 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10883} 10884 10885// GoString returns the string representation 10886func (s ResetUserPasswordInput) GoString() string { 10887 return s.String() 10888} 10889 10890// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10891func (s *ResetUserPasswordInput) Validate() error { 10892 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetUserPasswordInput"} 10893 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 10894 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 10895 } 10896 if s.NewPassword == nil { 10897 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NewPassword")) 10898 } 10899 if s.NewPassword != nil && len(*s.NewPassword) < 1 { 10900 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NewPassword", 1)) 10901 } 10902 if s.UserName == nil { 10903 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UserName")) 10904 } 10905 if s.UserName != nil && len(*s.UserName) < 1 { 10906 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UserName", 1)) 10907 } 10908 10909 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10910 return invalidParams 10911 } 10912 return nil 10913} 10914 10915// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 10916func (s *ResetUserPasswordInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *ResetUserPasswordInput { 10917 s.DirectoryId = &v 10918 return s 10919} 10920 10921// SetNewPassword sets the NewPassword field's value. 10922func (s *ResetUserPasswordInput) SetNewPassword(v string) *ResetUserPasswordInput { 10923 s.NewPassword = &v 10924 return s 10925} 10926 10927// SetUserName sets the UserName field's value. 10928func (s *ResetUserPasswordInput) SetUserName(v string) *ResetUserPasswordInput { 10929 s.UserName = &v 10930 return s 10931} 10932 10933type ResetUserPasswordOutput struct { 10934 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10935} 10936 10937// String returns the string representation 10938func (s ResetUserPasswordOutput) String() string { 10939 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10940} 10941 10942// GoString returns the string representation 10943func (s ResetUserPasswordOutput) GoString() string { 10944 return s.String() 10945} 10946 10947// An object representing the inputs for the RestoreFromSnapshot operation. 10948type RestoreFromSnapshotInput struct { 10949 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10950 10951 // The identifier of the snapshot to restore from. 10952 // 10953 // SnapshotId is a required field 10954 SnapshotId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10955} 10956 10957// String returns the string representation 10958func (s RestoreFromSnapshotInput) String() string { 10959 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10960} 10961 10962// GoString returns the string representation 10963func (s RestoreFromSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 10964 return s.String() 10965} 10966 10967// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10968func (s *RestoreFromSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 10969 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreFromSnapshotInput"} 10970 if s.SnapshotId == nil { 10971 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotId")) 10972 } 10973 10974 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10975 return invalidParams 10976 } 10977 return nil 10978} 10979 10980// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value. 10981func (s *RestoreFromSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotId(v string) *RestoreFromSnapshotInput { 10982 s.SnapshotId = &v 10983 return s 10984} 10985 10986// Contains the results of the RestoreFromSnapshot operation. 10987type RestoreFromSnapshotOutput struct { 10988 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10989} 10990 10991// String returns the string representation 10992func (s RestoreFromSnapshotOutput) String() string { 10993 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10994} 10995 10996// GoString returns the string representation 10997func (s RestoreFromSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 10998 return s.String() 10999} 11000 11001// Information about a schema extension. 11002type SchemaExtensionInfo struct { 11003 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11004 11005 // A description of the schema extension. 11006 Description *string `type:"string"` 11007 11008 // The identifier of the directory to which the schema extension is applied. 11009 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 11010 11011 // The date and time that the schema extension was completed. 11012 EndDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 11013 11014 // The identifier of the schema extension. 11015 SchemaExtensionId *string `type:"string"` 11016 11017 // The current status of the schema extension. 11018 SchemaExtensionStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"SchemaExtensionStatus"` 11019 11020 // The reason for the SchemaExtensionStatus. 11021 SchemaExtensionStatusReason *string `type:"string"` 11022 11023 // The date and time that the schema extension started being applied to the 11024 // directory. 11025 StartDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 11026} 11027 11028// String returns the string representation 11029func (s SchemaExtensionInfo) String() string { 11030 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11031} 11032 11033// GoString returns the string representation 11034func (s SchemaExtensionInfo) GoString() string { 11035 return s.String() 11036} 11037 11038// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 11039func (s *SchemaExtensionInfo) SetDescription(v string) *SchemaExtensionInfo { 11040 s.Description = &v 11041 return s 11042} 11043 11044// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 11045func (s *SchemaExtensionInfo) SetDirectoryId(v string) *SchemaExtensionInfo { 11046 s.DirectoryId = &v 11047 return s 11048} 11049 11050// SetEndDateTime sets the EndDateTime field's value. 11051func (s *SchemaExtensionInfo) SetEndDateTime(v time.Time) *SchemaExtensionInfo { 11052 s.EndDateTime = &v 11053 return s 11054} 11055 11056// SetSchemaExtensionId sets the SchemaExtensionId field's value. 11057func (s *SchemaExtensionInfo) SetSchemaExtensionId(v string) *SchemaExtensionInfo { 11058 s.SchemaExtensionId = &v 11059 return s 11060} 11061 11062// SetSchemaExtensionStatus sets the SchemaExtensionStatus field's value. 11063func (s *SchemaExtensionInfo) SetSchemaExtensionStatus(v string) *SchemaExtensionInfo { 11064 s.SchemaExtensionStatus = &v 11065 return s 11066} 11067 11068// SetSchemaExtensionStatusReason sets the SchemaExtensionStatusReason field's value. 11069func (s *SchemaExtensionInfo) SetSchemaExtensionStatusReason(v string) *SchemaExtensionInfo { 11070 s.SchemaExtensionStatusReason = &v 11071 return s 11072} 11073 11074// SetStartDateTime sets the StartDateTime field's value. 11075func (s *SchemaExtensionInfo) SetStartDateTime(v time.Time) *SchemaExtensionInfo { 11076 s.StartDateTime = &v 11077 return s 11078} 11079 11080type ShareDirectoryInput struct { 11081 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11082 11083 // Identifier of the AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory that you want to share 11084 // with other AWS accounts. 11085 // 11086 // DirectoryId is a required field 11087 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11088 11089 // The method used when sharing a directory to determine whether the directory 11090 // should be shared within your AWS organization (ORGANIZATIONS) or with any 11091 // AWS account by sending a directory sharing request (HANDSHAKE). 11092 // 11093 // ShareMethod is a required field 11094 ShareMethod *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ShareMethod"` 11095 11096 // A directory share request that is sent by the directory owner to the directory 11097 // consumer. The request includes a typed message to help the directory consumer 11098 // administrator determine whether to approve or reject the share invitation. 11099 ShareNotes *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"` 11100 11101 // Identifier for the directory consumer account with whom the directory is 11102 // to be shared. 11103 // 11104 // ShareTarget is a required field 11105 ShareTarget *ShareTarget `type:"structure" required:"true"` 11106} 11107 11108// String returns the string representation 11109func (s ShareDirectoryInput) String() string { 11110 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11111} 11112 11113// GoString returns the string representation 11114func (s ShareDirectoryInput) GoString() string { 11115 return s.String() 11116} 11117 11118// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11119func (s *ShareDirectoryInput) Validate() error { 11120 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ShareDirectoryInput"} 11121 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 11122 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 11123 } 11124 if s.ShareMethod == nil { 11125 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ShareMethod")) 11126 } 11127 if s.ShareTarget == nil { 11128 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ShareTarget")) 11129 } 11130 if s.ShareTarget != nil { 11131 if err := s.ShareTarget.Validate(); err != nil { 11132 invalidParams.AddNested("ShareTarget", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 11133 } 11134 } 11135 11136 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11137 return invalidParams 11138 } 11139 return nil 11140} 11141 11142// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 11143func (s *ShareDirectoryInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *ShareDirectoryInput { 11144 s.DirectoryId = &v 11145 return s 11146} 11147 11148// SetShareMethod sets the ShareMethod field's value. 11149func (s *ShareDirectoryInput) SetShareMethod(v string) *ShareDirectoryInput { 11150 s.ShareMethod = &v 11151 return s 11152} 11153 11154// SetShareNotes sets the ShareNotes field's value. 11155func (s *ShareDirectoryInput) SetShareNotes(v string) *ShareDirectoryInput { 11156 s.ShareNotes = &v 11157 return s 11158} 11159 11160// SetShareTarget sets the ShareTarget field's value. 11161func (s *ShareDirectoryInput) SetShareTarget(v *ShareTarget) *ShareDirectoryInput { 11162 s.ShareTarget = v 11163 return s 11164} 11165 11166type ShareDirectoryOutput struct { 11167 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11168 11169 // Identifier of the directory that is stored in the directory consumer account 11170 // that is shared from the specified directory (DirectoryId). 11171 SharedDirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 11172} 11173 11174// String returns the string representation 11175func (s ShareDirectoryOutput) String() string { 11176 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11177} 11178 11179// GoString returns the string representation 11180func (s ShareDirectoryOutput) GoString() string { 11181 return s.String() 11182} 11183 11184// SetSharedDirectoryId sets the SharedDirectoryId field's value. 11185func (s *ShareDirectoryOutput) SetSharedDirectoryId(v string) *ShareDirectoryOutput { 11186 s.SharedDirectoryId = &v 11187 return s 11188} 11189 11190// Identifier that contains details about the directory consumer account. 11191type ShareTarget struct { 11192 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11193 11194 // Identifier of the directory consumer account. 11195 // 11196 // Id is a required field 11197 Id *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 11198 11199 // Type of identifier to be used in the Id field. 11200 // 11201 // Type is a required field 11202 Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TargetType"` 11203} 11204 11205// String returns the string representation 11206func (s ShareTarget) String() string { 11207 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11208} 11209 11210// GoString returns the string representation 11211func (s ShareTarget) GoString() string { 11212 return s.String() 11213} 11214 11215// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11216func (s *ShareTarget) Validate() error { 11217 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ShareTarget"} 11218 if s.Id == nil { 11219 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) 11220 } 11221 if s.Id != nil && len(*s.Id) < 1 { 11222 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Id", 1)) 11223 } 11224 if s.Type == nil { 11225 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type")) 11226 } 11227 11228 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11229 return invalidParams 11230 } 11231 return nil 11232} 11233 11234// SetId sets the Id field's value. 11235func (s *ShareTarget) SetId(v string) *ShareTarget { 11236 s.Id = &v 11237 return s 11238} 11239 11240// SetType sets the Type field's value. 11241func (s *ShareTarget) SetType(v string) *ShareTarget { 11242 s.Type = &v 11243 return s 11244} 11245 11246// Details about the shared directory in the directory owner account for which 11247// the share request in the directory consumer account has been accepted. 11248type SharedDirectory struct { 11249 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11250 11251 // The date and time that the shared directory was created. 11252 CreatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 11253 11254 // The date and time that the shared directory was last updated. 11255 LastUpdatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 11256 11257 // Identifier of the directory owner account, which contains the directory that 11258 // has been shared to the consumer account. 11259 OwnerAccountId *string `type:"string"` 11260 11261 // Identifier of the directory in the directory owner account. 11262 OwnerDirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 11263 11264 // The method used when sharing a directory to determine whether the directory 11265 // should be shared within your AWS organization (ORGANIZATIONS) or with any 11266 // AWS account by sending a shared directory request (HANDSHAKE). 11267 ShareMethod *string `type:"string" enum:"ShareMethod"` 11268 11269 // A directory share request that is sent by the directory owner to the directory 11270 // consumer. The request includes a typed message to help the directory consumer 11271 // administrator determine whether to approve or reject the share invitation. 11272 ShareNotes *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"` 11273 11274 // Current directory status of the shared AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory. 11275 ShareStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"ShareStatus"` 11276 11277 // Identifier of the directory consumer account that has access to the shared 11278 // directory (OwnerDirectoryId) in the directory owner account. 11279 SharedAccountId *string `type:"string"` 11280 11281 // Identifier of the shared directory in the directory consumer account. This 11282 // identifier is different for each directory owner account. 11283 SharedDirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 11284} 11285 11286// String returns the string representation 11287func (s SharedDirectory) String() string { 11288 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11289} 11290 11291// GoString returns the string representation 11292func (s SharedDirectory) GoString() string { 11293 return s.String() 11294} 11295 11296// SetCreatedDateTime sets the CreatedDateTime field's value. 11297func (s *SharedDirectory) SetCreatedDateTime(v time.Time) *SharedDirectory { 11298 s.CreatedDateTime = &v 11299 return s 11300} 11301 11302// SetLastUpdatedDateTime sets the LastUpdatedDateTime field's value. 11303func (s *SharedDirectory) SetLastUpdatedDateTime(v time.Time) *SharedDirectory { 11304 s.LastUpdatedDateTime = &v 11305 return s 11306} 11307 11308// SetOwnerAccountId sets the OwnerAccountId field's value. 11309func (s *SharedDirectory) SetOwnerAccountId(v string) *SharedDirectory { 11310 s.OwnerAccountId = &v 11311 return s 11312} 11313 11314// SetOwnerDirectoryId sets the OwnerDirectoryId field's value. 11315func (s *SharedDirectory) SetOwnerDirectoryId(v string) *SharedDirectory { 11316 s.OwnerDirectoryId = &v 11317 return s 11318} 11319 11320// SetShareMethod sets the ShareMethod field's value. 11321func (s *SharedDirectory) SetShareMethod(v string) *SharedDirectory { 11322 s.ShareMethod = &v 11323 return s 11324} 11325 11326// SetShareNotes sets the ShareNotes field's value. 11327func (s *SharedDirectory) SetShareNotes(v string) *SharedDirectory { 11328 s.ShareNotes = &v 11329 return s 11330} 11331 11332// SetShareStatus sets the ShareStatus field's value. 11333func (s *SharedDirectory) SetShareStatus(v string) *SharedDirectory { 11334 s.ShareStatus = &v 11335 return s 11336} 11337 11338// SetSharedAccountId sets the SharedAccountId field's value. 11339func (s *SharedDirectory) SetSharedAccountId(v string) *SharedDirectory { 11340 s.SharedAccountId = &v 11341 return s 11342} 11343 11344// SetSharedDirectoryId sets the SharedDirectoryId field's value. 11345func (s *SharedDirectory) SetSharedDirectoryId(v string) *SharedDirectory { 11346 s.SharedDirectoryId = &v 11347 return s 11348} 11349 11350// Describes a directory snapshot. 11351type Snapshot struct { 11352 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11353 11354 // The directory identifier. 11355 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 11356 11357 // The descriptive name of the snapshot. 11358 Name *string `type:"string"` 11359 11360 // The snapshot identifier. 11361 SnapshotId *string `type:"string"` 11362 11363 // The date and time that the snapshot was taken. 11364 StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 11365 11366 // The snapshot status. 11367 Status *string `type:"string" enum:"SnapshotStatus"` 11368 11369 // The snapshot type. 11370 Type *string `type:"string" enum:"SnapshotType"` 11371} 11372 11373// String returns the string representation 11374func (s Snapshot) String() string { 11375 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11376} 11377 11378// GoString returns the string representation 11379func (s Snapshot) GoString() string { 11380 return s.String() 11381} 11382 11383// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 11384func (s *Snapshot) SetDirectoryId(v string) *Snapshot { 11385 s.DirectoryId = &v 11386 return s 11387} 11388 11389// SetName sets the Name field's value. 11390func (s *Snapshot) SetName(v string) *Snapshot { 11391 s.Name = &v 11392 return s 11393} 11394 11395// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value. 11396func (s *Snapshot) SetSnapshotId(v string) *Snapshot { 11397 s.SnapshotId = &v 11398 return s 11399} 11400 11401// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value. 11402func (s *Snapshot) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *Snapshot { 11403 s.StartTime = &v 11404 return s 11405} 11406 11407// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 11408func (s *Snapshot) SetStatus(v string) *Snapshot { 11409 s.Status = &v 11410 return s 11411} 11412 11413// SetType sets the Type field's value. 11414func (s *Snapshot) SetType(v string) *Snapshot { 11415 s.Type = &v 11416 return s 11417} 11418 11419// Contains manual snapshot limit information for a directory. 11420type SnapshotLimits struct { 11421 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11422 11423 // The current number of manual snapshots of the directory. 11424 ManualSnapshotsCurrentCount *int64 `type:"integer"` 11425 11426 // The maximum number of manual snapshots allowed. 11427 ManualSnapshotsLimit *int64 `type:"integer"` 11428 11429 // Indicates if the manual snapshot limit has been reached. 11430 ManualSnapshotsLimitReached *bool `type:"boolean"` 11431} 11432 11433// String returns the string representation 11434func (s SnapshotLimits) String() string { 11435 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11436} 11437 11438// GoString returns the string representation 11439func (s SnapshotLimits) GoString() string { 11440 return s.String() 11441} 11442 11443// SetManualSnapshotsCurrentCount sets the ManualSnapshotsCurrentCount field's value. 11444func (s *SnapshotLimits) SetManualSnapshotsCurrentCount(v int64) *SnapshotLimits { 11445 s.ManualSnapshotsCurrentCount = &v 11446 return s 11447} 11448 11449// SetManualSnapshotsLimit sets the ManualSnapshotsLimit field's value. 11450func (s *SnapshotLimits) SetManualSnapshotsLimit(v int64) *SnapshotLimits { 11451 s.ManualSnapshotsLimit = &v 11452 return s 11453} 11454 11455// SetManualSnapshotsLimitReached sets the ManualSnapshotsLimitReached field's value. 11456func (s *SnapshotLimits) SetManualSnapshotsLimitReached(v bool) *SnapshotLimits { 11457 s.ManualSnapshotsLimitReached = &v 11458 return s 11459} 11460 11461type StartSchemaExtensionInput struct { 11462 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11463 11464 // If true, creates a snapshot of the directory before applying the schema extension. 11465 // 11466 // CreateSnapshotBeforeSchemaExtension is a required field 11467 CreateSnapshotBeforeSchemaExtension *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` 11468 11469 // A description of the schema extension. 11470 // 11471 // Description is a required field 11472 Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11473 11474 // The identifier of the directory for which the schema extension will be applied 11475 // to. 11476 // 11477 // DirectoryId is a required field 11478 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11479 11480 // The LDIF file represented as a string. To construct the LdifContent string, 11481 // precede each line as it would be formatted in an ldif file with \n. See the 11482 // example request below for more details. The file size can be no larger than 11483 // 1MB. 11484 // 11485 // LdifContent is a required field 11486 LdifContent *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 11487} 11488 11489// String returns the string representation 11490func (s StartSchemaExtensionInput) String() string { 11491 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11492} 11493 11494// GoString returns the string representation 11495func (s StartSchemaExtensionInput) GoString() string { 11496 return s.String() 11497} 11498 11499// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11500func (s *StartSchemaExtensionInput) Validate() error { 11501 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartSchemaExtensionInput"} 11502 if s.CreateSnapshotBeforeSchemaExtension == nil { 11503 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CreateSnapshotBeforeSchemaExtension")) 11504 } 11505 if s.Description == nil { 11506 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description")) 11507 } 11508 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 11509 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 11510 } 11511 if s.LdifContent == nil { 11512 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LdifContent")) 11513 } 11514 if s.LdifContent != nil && len(*s.LdifContent) < 1 { 11515 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LdifContent", 1)) 11516 } 11517 11518 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11519 return invalidParams 11520 } 11521 return nil 11522} 11523 11524// SetCreateSnapshotBeforeSchemaExtension sets the CreateSnapshotBeforeSchemaExtension field's value. 11525func (s *StartSchemaExtensionInput) SetCreateSnapshotBeforeSchemaExtension(v bool) *StartSchemaExtensionInput { 11526 s.CreateSnapshotBeforeSchemaExtension = &v 11527 return s 11528} 11529 11530// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 11531func (s *StartSchemaExtensionInput) SetDescription(v string) *StartSchemaExtensionInput { 11532 s.Description = &v 11533 return s 11534} 11535 11536// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 11537func (s *StartSchemaExtensionInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *StartSchemaExtensionInput { 11538 s.DirectoryId = &v 11539 return s 11540} 11541 11542// SetLdifContent sets the LdifContent field's value. 11543func (s *StartSchemaExtensionInput) SetLdifContent(v string) *StartSchemaExtensionInput { 11544 s.LdifContent = &v 11545 return s 11546} 11547 11548type StartSchemaExtensionOutput struct { 11549 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11550 11551 // The identifier of the schema extension that will be applied. 11552 SchemaExtensionId *string `type:"string"` 11553} 11554 11555// String returns the string representation 11556func (s StartSchemaExtensionOutput) String() string { 11557 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11558} 11559 11560// GoString returns the string representation 11561func (s StartSchemaExtensionOutput) GoString() string { 11562 return s.String() 11563} 11564 11565// SetSchemaExtensionId sets the SchemaExtensionId field's value. 11566func (s *StartSchemaExtensionOutput) SetSchemaExtensionId(v string) *StartSchemaExtensionOutput { 11567 s.SchemaExtensionId = &v 11568 return s 11569} 11570 11571// Metadata assigned to a directory consisting of a key-value pair. 11572type Tag struct { 11573 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11574 11575 // Required name of the tag. The string value can be Unicode characters and 11576 // cannot be prefixed with "aws:". The string can contain only the set of Unicode 11577 // letters, digits, white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). 11578 // 11579 // Key is a required field 11580 Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 11581 11582 // The optional value of the tag. The string value can be Unicode characters. 11583 // The string can contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space, 11584 // '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). 11585 // 11586 // Value is a required field 11587 Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11588} 11589 11590// String returns the string representation 11591func (s Tag) String() string { 11592 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11593} 11594 11595// GoString returns the string representation 11596func (s Tag) GoString() string { 11597 return s.String() 11598} 11599 11600// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11601func (s *Tag) Validate() error { 11602 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tag"} 11603 if s.Key == nil { 11604 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) 11605 } 11606 if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { 11607 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) 11608 } 11609 if s.Value == nil { 11610 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Value")) 11611 } 11612 11613 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11614 return invalidParams 11615 } 11616 return nil 11617} 11618 11619// SetKey sets the Key field's value. 11620func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag { 11621 s.Key = &v 11622 return s 11623} 11624 11625// SetValue sets the Value field's value. 11626func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag { 11627 s.Value = &v 11628 return s 11629} 11630 11631// Describes a trust relationship between an AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory 11632// and an external domain. 11633type Trust struct { 11634 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11635 11636 // The date and time that the trust relationship was created. 11637 CreatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 11638 11639 // The Directory ID of the AWS directory involved in the trust relationship. 11640 DirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 11641 11642 // The date and time that the trust relationship was last updated. 11643 LastUpdatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 11644 11645 // The Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) of the external domain involved in 11646 // the trust relationship. 11647 RemoteDomainName *string `type:"string"` 11648 11649 // Current state of selective authentication for the trust. 11650 SelectiveAuth *string `type:"string" enum:"SelectiveAuth"` 11651 11652 // The date and time that the TrustState was last updated. 11653 StateLastUpdatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` 11654 11655 // The trust relationship direction. 11656 TrustDirection *string `type:"string" enum:"TrustDirection"` 11657 11658 // The unique ID of the trust relationship. 11659 TrustId *string `type:"string"` 11660 11661 // The trust relationship state. 11662 TrustState *string `type:"string" enum:"TrustState"` 11663 11664 // The reason for the TrustState. 11665 TrustStateReason *string `type:"string"` 11666 11667 // The trust relationship type. Forest is the default. 11668 TrustType *string `type:"string" enum:"TrustType"` 11669} 11670 11671// String returns the string representation 11672func (s Trust) String() string { 11673 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11674} 11675 11676// GoString returns the string representation 11677func (s Trust) GoString() string { 11678 return s.String() 11679} 11680 11681// SetCreatedDateTime sets the CreatedDateTime field's value. 11682func (s *Trust) SetCreatedDateTime(v time.Time) *Trust { 11683 s.CreatedDateTime = &v 11684 return s 11685} 11686 11687// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 11688func (s *Trust) SetDirectoryId(v string) *Trust { 11689 s.DirectoryId = &v 11690 return s 11691} 11692 11693// SetLastUpdatedDateTime sets the LastUpdatedDateTime field's value. 11694func (s *Trust) SetLastUpdatedDateTime(v time.Time) *Trust { 11695 s.LastUpdatedDateTime = &v 11696 return s 11697} 11698 11699// SetRemoteDomainName sets the RemoteDomainName field's value. 11700func (s *Trust) SetRemoteDomainName(v string) *Trust { 11701 s.RemoteDomainName = &v 11702 return s 11703} 11704 11705// SetSelectiveAuth sets the SelectiveAuth field's value. 11706func (s *Trust) SetSelectiveAuth(v string) *Trust { 11707 s.SelectiveAuth = &v 11708 return s 11709} 11710 11711// SetStateLastUpdatedDateTime sets the StateLastUpdatedDateTime field's value. 11712func (s *Trust) SetStateLastUpdatedDateTime(v time.Time) *Trust { 11713 s.StateLastUpdatedDateTime = &v 11714 return s 11715} 11716 11717// SetTrustDirection sets the TrustDirection field's value. 11718func (s *Trust) SetTrustDirection(v string) *Trust { 11719 s.TrustDirection = &v 11720 return s 11721} 11722 11723// SetTrustId sets the TrustId field's value. 11724func (s *Trust) SetTrustId(v string) *Trust { 11725 s.TrustId = &v 11726 return s 11727} 11728 11729// SetTrustState sets the TrustState field's value. 11730func (s *Trust) SetTrustState(v string) *Trust { 11731 s.TrustState = &v 11732 return s 11733} 11734 11735// SetTrustStateReason sets the TrustStateReason field's value. 11736func (s *Trust) SetTrustStateReason(v string) *Trust { 11737 s.TrustStateReason = &v 11738 return s 11739} 11740 11741// SetTrustType sets the TrustType field's value. 11742func (s *Trust) SetTrustType(v string) *Trust { 11743 s.TrustType = &v 11744 return s 11745} 11746 11747type UnshareDirectoryInput struct { 11748 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11749 11750 // The identifier of the AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory that you want to 11751 // stop sharing. 11752 // 11753 // DirectoryId is a required field 11754 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11755 11756 // Identifier for the directory consumer account with whom the directory has 11757 // to be unshared. 11758 // 11759 // UnshareTarget is a required field 11760 UnshareTarget *UnshareTarget `type:"structure" required:"true"` 11761} 11762 11763// String returns the string representation 11764func (s UnshareDirectoryInput) String() string { 11765 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11766} 11767 11768// GoString returns the string representation 11769func (s UnshareDirectoryInput) GoString() string { 11770 return s.String() 11771} 11772 11773// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11774func (s *UnshareDirectoryInput) Validate() error { 11775 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UnshareDirectoryInput"} 11776 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 11777 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 11778 } 11779 if s.UnshareTarget == nil { 11780 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UnshareTarget")) 11781 } 11782 if s.UnshareTarget != nil { 11783 if err := s.UnshareTarget.Validate(); err != nil { 11784 invalidParams.AddNested("UnshareTarget", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 11785 } 11786 } 11787 11788 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11789 return invalidParams 11790 } 11791 return nil 11792} 11793 11794// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 11795func (s *UnshareDirectoryInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *UnshareDirectoryInput { 11796 s.DirectoryId = &v 11797 return s 11798} 11799 11800// SetUnshareTarget sets the UnshareTarget field's value. 11801func (s *UnshareDirectoryInput) SetUnshareTarget(v *UnshareTarget) *UnshareDirectoryInput { 11802 s.UnshareTarget = v 11803 return s 11804} 11805 11806type UnshareDirectoryOutput struct { 11807 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11808 11809 // Identifier of the directory stored in the directory consumer account that 11810 // is to be unshared from the specified directory (DirectoryId). 11811 SharedDirectoryId *string `type:"string"` 11812} 11813 11814// String returns the string representation 11815func (s UnshareDirectoryOutput) String() string { 11816 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11817} 11818 11819// GoString returns the string representation 11820func (s UnshareDirectoryOutput) GoString() string { 11821 return s.String() 11822} 11823 11824// SetSharedDirectoryId sets the SharedDirectoryId field's value. 11825func (s *UnshareDirectoryOutput) SetSharedDirectoryId(v string) *UnshareDirectoryOutput { 11826 s.SharedDirectoryId = &v 11827 return s 11828} 11829 11830// Identifier that contains details about the directory consumer account with 11831// whom the directory is being unshared. 11832type UnshareTarget struct { 11833 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11834 11835 // Identifier of the directory consumer account. 11836 // 11837 // Id is a required field 11838 Id *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 11839 11840 // Type of identifier to be used in the Id field. 11841 // 11842 // Type is a required field 11843 Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TargetType"` 11844} 11845 11846// String returns the string representation 11847func (s UnshareTarget) String() string { 11848 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11849} 11850 11851// GoString returns the string representation 11852func (s UnshareTarget) GoString() string { 11853 return s.String() 11854} 11855 11856// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11857func (s *UnshareTarget) Validate() error { 11858 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UnshareTarget"} 11859 if s.Id == nil { 11860 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) 11861 } 11862 if s.Id != nil && len(*s.Id) < 1 { 11863 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Id", 1)) 11864 } 11865 if s.Type == nil { 11866 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type")) 11867 } 11868 11869 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11870 return invalidParams 11871 } 11872 return nil 11873} 11874 11875// SetId sets the Id field's value. 11876func (s *UnshareTarget) SetId(v string) *UnshareTarget { 11877 s.Id = &v 11878 return s 11879} 11880 11881// SetType sets the Type field's value. 11882func (s *UnshareTarget) SetType(v string) *UnshareTarget { 11883 s.Type = &v 11884 return s 11885} 11886 11887// Updates a conditional forwarder. 11888type UpdateConditionalForwarderInput struct { 11889 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11890 11891 // The directory ID of the AWS directory for which to update the conditional 11892 // forwarder. 11893 // 11894 // DirectoryId is a required field 11895 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11896 11897 // The updated IP addresses of the remote DNS server associated with the conditional 11898 // forwarder. 11899 // 11900 // DnsIpAddrs is a required field 11901 DnsIpAddrs []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` 11902 11903 // The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the remote domain with which you 11904 // will set up a trust relationship. 11905 // 11906 // RemoteDomainName is a required field 11907 RemoteDomainName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11908} 11909 11910// String returns the string representation 11911func (s UpdateConditionalForwarderInput) String() string { 11912 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11913} 11914 11915// GoString returns the string representation 11916func (s UpdateConditionalForwarderInput) GoString() string { 11917 return s.String() 11918} 11919 11920// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11921func (s *UpdateConditionalForwarderInput) Validate() error { 11922 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateConditionalForwarderInput"} 11923 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 11924 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 11925 } 11926 if s.DnsIpAddrs == nil { 11927 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DnsIpAddrs")) 11928 } 11929 if s.RemoteDomainName == nil { 11930 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RemoteDomainName")) 11931 } 11932 11933 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11934 return invalidParams 11935 } 11936 return nil 11937} 11938 11939// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 11940func (s *UpdateConditionalForwarderInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *UpdateConditionalForwarderInput { 11941 s.DirectoryId = &v 11942 return s 11943} 11944 11945// SetDnsIpAddrs sets the DnsIpAddrs field's value. 11946func (s *UpdateConditionalForwarderInput) SetDnsIpAddrs(v []*string) *UpdateConditionalForwarderInput { 11947 s.DnsIpAddrs = v 11948 return s 11949} 11950 11951// SetRemoteDomainName sets the RemoteDomainName field's value. 11952func (s *UpdateConditionalForwarderInput) SetRemoteDomainName(v string) *UpdateConditionalForwarderInput { 11953 s.RemoteDomainName = &v 11954 return s 11955} 11956 11957// The result of an UpdateConditionalForwarder request. 11958type UpdateConditionalForwarderOutput struct { 11959 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11960} 11961 11962// String returns the string representation 11963func (s UpdateConditionalForwarderOutput) String() string { 11964 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11965} 11966 11967// GoString returns the string representation 11968func (s UpdateConditionalForwarderOutput) GoString() string { 11969 return s.String() 11970} 11971 11972type UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput struct { 11973 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11974 11975 // The number of domain controllers desired in the directory. 11976 // 11977 // DesiredNumber is a required field 11978 DesiredNumber *int64 `min:"2" type:"integer" required:"true"` 11979 11980 // Identifier of the directory to which the domain controllers will be added 11981 // or removed. 11982 // 11983 // DirectoryId is a required field 11984 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11985} 11986 11987// String returns the string representation 11988func (s UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput) String() string { 11989 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11990} 11991 11992// GoString returns the string representation 11993func (s UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput) GoString() string { 11994 return s.String() 11995} 11996 11997// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11998func (s *UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput) Validate() error { 11999 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput"} 12000 if s.DesiredNumber == nil { 12001 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DesiredNumber")) 12002 } 12003 if s.DesiredNumber != nil && *s.DesiredNumber < 2 { 12004 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("DesiredNumber", 2)) 12005 } 12006 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 12007 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 12008 } 12009 12010 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12011 return invalidParams 12012 } 12013 return nil 12014} 12015 12016// SetDesiredNumber sets the DesiredNumber field's value. 12017func (s *UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput) SetDesiredNumber(v int64) *UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput { 12018 s.DesiredNumber = &v 12019 return s 12020} 12021 12022// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 12023func (s *UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput { 12024 s.DirectoryId = &v 12025 return s 12026} 12027 12028type UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersOutput struct { 12029 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12030} 12031 12032// String returns the string representation 12033func (s UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersOutput) String() string { 12034 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12035} 12036 12037// GoString returns the string representation 12038func (s UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersOutput) GoString() string { 12039 return s.String() 12040} 12041 12042// Contains the inputs for the UpdateRadius operation. 12043type UpdateRadiusInput struct { 12044 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12045 12046 // The identifier of the directory for which to update the RADIUS server information. 12047 // 12048 // DirectoryId is a required field 12049 DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 12050 12051 // A RadiusSettings object that contains information about the RADIUS server. 12052 // 12053 // RadiusSettings is a required field 12054 RadiusSettings *RadiusSettings `type:"structure" required:"true"` 12055} 12056 12057// String returns the string representation 12058func (s UpdateRadiusInput) String() string { 12059 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12060} 12061 12062// GoString returns the string representation 12063func (s UpdateRadiusInput) GoString() string { 12064 return s.String() 12065} 12066 12067// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12068func (s *UpdateRadiusInput) Validate() error { 12069 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateRadiusInput"} 12070 if s.DirectoryId == nil { 12071 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) 12072 } 12073 if s.RadiusSettings == nil { 12074 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RadiusSettings")) 12075 } 12076 if s.RadiusSettings != nil { 12077 if err := s.RadiusSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 12078 invalidParams.AddNested("RadiusSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12079 } 12080 } 12081 12082 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12083 return invalidParams 12084 } 12085 return nil 12086} 12087 12088// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. 12089func (s *UpdateRadiusInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *UpdateRadiusInput { 12090 s.DirectoryId = &v 12091 return s 12092} 12093 12094// SetRadiusSettings sets the RadiusSettings field's value. 12095func (s *UpdateRadiusInput) SetRadiusSettings(v *RadiusSettings) *UpdateRadiusInput { 12096 s.RadiusSettings = v 12097 return s 12098} 12099 12100// Contains the results of the UpdateRadius operation. 12101type UpdateRadiusOutput struct { 12102 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12103} 12104 12105// String returns the string representation 12106func (s UpdateRadiusOutput) String() string { 12107 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12108} 12109 12110// GoString returns the string representation 12111func (s UpdateRadiusOutput) GoString() string { 12112 return s.String() 12113} 12114 12115type UpdateTrustInput struct { 12116 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12117 12118 // Updates selective authentication for the trust. 12119 SelectiveAuth *string `type:"string" enum:"SelectiveAuth"` 12120 12121 // Identifier of the trust relationship. 12122 // 12123 // TrustId is a required field 12124 TrustId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 12125} 12126 12127// String returns the string representation 12128func (s UpdateTrustInput) String() string { 12129 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12130} 12131 12132// GoString returns the string representation 12133func (s UpdateTrustInput) GoString() string { 12134 return s.String() 12135} 12136 12137// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12138func (s *UpdateTrustInput) Validate() error { 12139 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateTrustInput"} 12140 if s.TrustId == nil { 12141 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TrustId")) 12142 } 12143 12144 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12145 return invalidParams 12146 } 12147 return nil 12148} 12149 12150// SetSelectiveAuth sets the SelectiveAuth field's value. 12151func (s *UpdateTrustInput) SetSelectiveAuth(v string) *UpdateTrustInput { 12152 s.SelectiveAuth = &v 12153 return s 12154} 12155 12156// SetTrustId sets the TrustId field's value. 12157func (s *UpdateTrustInput) SetTrustId(v string) *UpdateTrustInput { 12158 s.TrustId = &v 12159 return s 12160} 12161 12162type UpdateTrustOutput struct { 12163 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12164 12165 // The AWS request identifier. 12166 RequestId *string `type:"string"` 12167 12168 // Identifier of the trust relationship. 12169 TrustId *string `type:"string"` 12170} 12171 12172// String returns the string representation 12173func (s UpdateTrustOutput) String() string { 12174 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12175} 12176 12177// GoString returns the string representation 12178func (s UpdateTrustOutput) GoString() string { 12179 return s.String() 12180} 12181 12182// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value. 12183func (s *UpdateTrustOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *UpdateTrustOutput { 12184 s.RequestId = &v 12185 return s 12186} 12187 12188// SetTrustId sets the TrustId field's value. 12189func (s *UpdateTrustOutput) SetTrustId(v string) *UpdateTrustOutput { 12190 s.TrustId = &v 12191 return s 12192} 12193 12194// Initiates the verification of an existing trust relationship between an AWS 12195// Managed Microsoft AD directory and an external domain. 12196type VerifyTrustInput struct { 12197 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12198 12199 // The unique Trust ID of the trust relationship to verify. 12200 // 12201 // TrustId is a required field 12202 TrustId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 12203} 12204 12205// String returns the string representation 12206func (s VerifyTrustInput) String() string { 12207 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12208} 12209 12210// GoString returns the string representation 12211func (s VerifyTrustInput) GoString() string { 12212 return s.String() 12213} 12214 12215// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12216func (s *VerifyTrustInput) Validate() error { 12217 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "VerifyTrustInput"} 12218 if s.TrustId == nil { 12219 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TrustId")) 12220 } 12221 12222 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12223 return invalidParams 12224 } 12225 return nil 12226} 12227 12228// SetTrustId sets the TrustId field's value. 12229func (s *VerifyTrustInput) SetTrustId(v string) *VerifyTrustInput { 12230 s.TrustId = &v 12231 return s 12232} 12233 12234// Result of a VerifyTrust request. 12235type VerifyTrustOutput struct { 12236 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12237 12238 // The unique Trust ID of the trust relationship that was verified. 12239 TrustId *string `type:"string"` 12240} 12241 12242// String returns the string representation 12243func (s VerifyTrustOutput) String() string { 12244 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12245} 12246 12247// GoString returns the string representation 12248func (s VerifyTrustOutput) GoString() string { 12249 return s.String() 12250} 12251 12252// SetTrustId sets the TrustId field's value. 12253func (s *VerifyTrustOutput) SetTrustId(v string) *VerifyTrustOutput { 12254 s.TrustId = &v 12255 return s 12256} 12257 12258const ( 12259 // CertificateStateRegistering is a CertificateState enum value 12260 CertificateStateRegistering = "Registering" 12261 12262 // CertificateStateRegistered is a CertificateState enum value 12263 CertificateStateRegistered = "Registered" 12264 12265 // CertificateStateRegisterFailed is a CertificateState enum value 12266 CertificateStateRegisterFailed = "RegisterFailed" 12267 12268 // CertificateStateDeregistering is a CertificateState enum value 12269 CertificateStateDeregistering = "Deregistering" 12270 12271 // CertificateStateDeregistered is a CertificateState enum value 12272 CertificateStateDeregistered = "Deregistered" 12273 12274 // CertificateStateDeregisterFailed is a CertificateState enum value 12275 CertificateStateDeregisterFailed = "DeregisterFailed" 12276) 12277 12278const ( 12279 // DirectoryEditionEnterprise is a DirectoryEdition enum value 12280 DirectoryEditionEnterprise = "Enterprise" 12281 12282 // DirectoryEditionStandard is a DirectoryEdition enum value 12283 DirectoryEditionStandard = "Standard" 12284) 12285 12286const ( 12287 // DirectorySizeSmall is a DirectorySize enum value 12288 DirectorySizeSmall = "Small" 12289 12290 // DirectorySizeLarge is a DirectorySize enum value 12291 DirectorySizeLarge = "Large" 12292) 12293 12294const ( 12295 // DirectoryStageRequested is a DirectoryStage enum value 12296 DirectoryStageRequested = "Requested" 12297 12298 // DirectoryStageCreating is a DirectoryStage enum value 12299 DirectoryStageCreating = "Creating" 12300 12301 // DirectoryStageCreated is a DirectoryStage enum value 12302 DirectoryStageCreated = "Created" 12303 12304 // DirectoryStageActive is a DirectoryStage enum value 12305 DirectoryStageActive = "Active" 12306 12307 // DirectoryStageInoperable is a DirectoryStage enum value 12308 DirectoryStageInoperable = "Inoperable" 12309 12310 // DirectoryStageImpaired is a DirectoryStage enum value 12311 DirectoryStageImpaired = "Impaired" 12312 12313 // DirectoryStageRestoring is a DirectoryStage enum value 12314 DirectoryStageRestoring = "Restoring" 12315 12316 // DirectoryStageRestoreFailed is a DirectoryStage enum value 12317 DirectoryStageRestoreFailed = "RestoreFailed" 12318 12319 // DirectoryStageDeleting is a DirectoryStage enum value 12320 DirectoryStageDeleting = "Deleting" 12321 12322 // DirectoryStageDeleted is a DirectoryStage enum value 12323 DirectoryStageDeleted = "Deleted" 12324 12325 // DirectoryStageFailed is a DirectoryStage enum value 12326 DirectoryStageFailed = "Failed" 12327) 12328 12329const ( 12330 // DirectoryTypeSimpleAd is a DirectoryType enum value 12331 DirectoryTypeSimpleAd = "SimpleAD" 12332 12333 // DirectoryTypeAdconnector is a DirectoryType enum value 12334 DirectoryTypeAdconnector = "ADConnector" 12335 12336 // DirectoryTypeMicrosoftAd is a DirectoryType enum value 12337 DirectoryTypeMicrosoftAd = "MicrosoftAD" 12338 12339 // DirectoryTypeSharedMicrosoftAd is a DirectoryType enum value 12340 DirectoryTypeSharedMicrosoftAd = "SharedMicrosoftAD" 12341) 12342 12343const ( 12344 // DomainControllerStatusCreating is a DomainControllerStatus enum value 12345 DomainControllerStatusCreating = "Creating" 12346 12347 // DomainControllerStatusActive is a DomainControllerStatus enum value 12348 DomainControllerStatusActive = "Active" 12349 12350 // DomainControllerStatusImpaired is a DomainControllerStatus enum value 12351 DomainControllerStatusImpaired = "Impaired" 12352 12353 // DomainControllerStatusRestoring is a DomainControllerStatus enum value 12354 DomainControllerStatusRestoring = "Restoring" 12355 12356 // DomainControllerStatusDeleting is a DomainControllerStatus enum value 12357 DomainControllerStatusDeleting = "Deleting" 12358 12359 // DomainControllerStatusDeleted is a DomainControllerStatus enum value 12360 DomainControllerStatusDeleted = "Deleted" 12361 12362 // DomainControllerStatusFailed is a DomainControllerStatus enum value 12363 DomainControllerStatusFailed = "Failed" 12364) 12365 12366const ( 12367 // IpRouteStatusMsgAdding is a IpRouteStatusMsg enum value 12368 IpRouteStatusMsgAdding = "Adding" 12369 12370 // IpRouteStatusMsgAdded is a IpRouteStatusMsg enum value 12371 IpRouteStatusMsgAdded = "Added" 12372 12373 // IpRouteStatusMsgRemoving is a IpRouteStatusMsg enum value 12374 IpRouteStatusMsgRemoving = "Removing" 12375 12376 // IpRouteStatusMsgRemoved is a IpRouteStatusMsg enum value 12377 IpRouteStatusMsgRemoved = "Removed" 12378 12379 // IpRouteStatusMsgAddFailed is a IpRouteStatusMsg enum value 12380 IpRouteStatusMsgAddFailed = "AddFailed" 12381 12382 // IpRouteStatusMsgRemoveFailed is a IpRouteStatusMsg enum value 12383 IpRouteStatusMsgRemoveFailed = "RemoveFailed" 12384) 12385 12386const ( 12387 // LDAPSStatusEnabling is a LDAPSStatus enum value 12388 LDAPSStatusEnabling = "Enabling" 12389 12390 // LDAPSStatusEnabled is a LDAPSStatus enum value 12391 LDAPSStatusEnabled = "Enabled" 12392 12393 // LDAPSStatusEnableFailed is a LDAPSStatus enum value 12394 LDAPSStatusEnableFailed = "EnableFailed" 12395 12396 // LDAPSStatusDisabled is a LDAPSStatus enum value 12397 LDAPSStatusDisabled = "Disabled" 12398) 12399 12400const ( 12401 // LDAPSTypeClient is a LDAPSType enum value 12402 LDAPSTypeClient = "Client" 12403) 12404 12405const ( 12406 // RadiusAuthenticationProtocolPap is a RadiusAuthenticationProtocol enum value 12407 RadiusAuthenticationProtocolPap = "PAP" 12408 12409 // RadiusAuthenticationProtocolChap is a RadiusAuthenticationProtocol enum value 12410 RadiusAuthenticationProtocolChap = "CHAP" 12411 12412 // RadiusAuthenticationProtocolMsChapv1 is a RadiusAuthenticationProtocol enum value 12413 RadiusAuthenticationProtocolMsChapv1 = "MS-CHAPv1" 12414 12415 // RadiusAuthenticationProtocolMsChapv2 is a RadiusAuthenticationProtocol enum value 12416 RadiusAuthenticationProtocolMsChapv2 = "MS-CHAPv2" 12417) 12418 12419const ( 12420 // RadiusStatusCreating is a RadiusStatus enum value 12421 RadiusStatusCreating = "Creating" 12422 12423 // RadiusStatusCompleted is a RadiusStatus enum value 12424 RadiusStatusCompleted = "Completed" 12425 12426 // RadiusStatusFailed is a RadiusStatus enum value 12427 RadiusStatusFailed = "Failed" 12428) 12429 12430const ( 12431 // ReplicationScopeDomain is a ReplicationScope enum value 12432 ReplicationScopeDomain = "Domain" 12433) 12434 12435const ( 12436 // SchemaExtensionStatusInitializing is a SchemaExtensionStatus enum value 12437 SchemaExtensionStatusInitializing = "Initializing" 12438 12439 // SchemaExtensionStatusCreatingSnapshot is a SchemaExtensionStatus enum value 12440 SchemaExtensionStatusCreatingSnapshot = "CreatingSnapshot" 12441 12442 // SchemaExtensionStatusUpdatingSchema is a SchemaExtensionStatus enum value 12443 SchemaExtensionStatusUpdatingSchema = "UpdatingSchema" 12444 12445 // SchemaExtensionStatusReplicating is a SchemaExtensionStatus enum value 12446 SchemaExtensionStatusReplicating = "Replicating" 12447 12448 // SchemaExtensionStatusCancelInProgress is a SchemaExtensionStatus enum value 12449 SchemaExtensionStatusCancelInProgress = "CancelInProgress" 12450 12451 // SchemaExtensionStatusRollbackInProgress is a SchemaExtensionStatus enum value 12452 SchemaExtensionStatusRollbackInProgress = "RollbackInProgress" 12453 12454 // SchemaExtensionStatusCancelled is a SchemaExtensionStatus enum value 12455 SchemaExtensionStatusCancelled = "Cancelled" 12456 12457 // SchemaExtensionStatusFailed is a SchemaExtensionStatus enum value 12458 SchemaExtensionStatusFailed = "Failed" 12459 12460 // SchemaExtensionStatusCompleted is a SchemaExtensionStatus enum value 12461 SchemaExtensionStatusCompleted = "Completed" 12462) 12463 12464const ( 12465 // SelectiveAuthEnabled is a SelectiveAuth enum value 12466 SelectiveAuthEnabled = "Enabled" 12467 12468 // SelectiveAuthDisabled is a SelectiveAuth enum value 12469 SelectiveAuthDisabled = "Disabled" 12470) 12471 12472const ( 12473 // ShareMethodOrganizations is a ShareMethod enum value 12474 ShareMethodOrganizations = "ORGANIZATIONS" 12475 12476 // ShareMethodHandshake is a ShareMethod enum value 12477 ShareMethodHandshake = "HANDSHAKE" 12478) 12479 12480const ( 12481 // ShareStatusShared is a ShareStatus enum value 12482 ShareStatusShared = "Shared" 12483 12484 // ShareStatusPendingAcceptance is a ShareStatus enum value 12485 ShareStatusPendingAcceptance = "PendingAcceptance" 12486 12487 // ShareStatusRejected is a ShareStatus enum value 12488 ShareStatusRejected = "Rejected" 12489 12490 // ShareStatusRejecting is a ShareStatus enum value 12491 ShareStatusRejecting = "Rejecting" 12492 12493 // ShareStatusRejectFailed is a ShareStatus enum value 12494 ShareStatusRejectFailed = "RejectFailed" 12495 12496 // ShareStatusSharing is a ShareStatus enum value 12497 ShareStatusSharing = "Sharing" 12498 12499 // ShareStatusShareFailed is a ShareStatus enum value 12500 ShareStatusShareFailed = "ShareFailed" 12501 12502 // ShareStatusDeleted is a ShareStatus enum value 12503 ShareStatusDeleted = "Deleted" 12504 12505 // ShareStatusDeleting is a ShareStatus enum value 12506 ShareStatusDeleting = "Deleting" 12507) 12508 12509const ( 12510 // SnapshotStatusCreating is a SnapshotStatus enum value 12511 SnapshotStatusCreating = "Creating" 12512 12513 // SnapshotStatusCompleted is a SnapshotStatus enum value 12514 SnapshotStatusCompleted = "Completed" 12515 12516 // SnapshotStatusFailed is a SnapshotStatus enum value 12517 SnapshotStatusFailed = "Failed" 12518) 12519 12520const ( 12521 // SnapshotTypeAuto is a SnapshotType enum value 12522 SnapshotTypeAuto = "Auto" 12523 12524 // SnapshotTypeManual is a SnapshotType enum value 12525 SnapshotTypeManual = "Manual" 12526) 12527 12528const ( 12529 // TargetTypeAccount is a TargetType enum value 12530 TargetTypeAccount = "ACCOUNT" 12531) 12532 12533const ( 12534 // TopicStatusRegistered is a TopicStatus enum value 12535 TopicStatusRegistered = "Registered" 12536 12537 // TopicStatusTopicnotfound is a TopicStatus enum value 12538 TopicStatusTopicnotfound = "Topic not found" 12539 12540 // TopicStatusFailed is a TopicStatus enum value 12541 TopicStatusFailed = "Failed" 12542 12543 // TopicStatusDeleted is a TopicStatus enum value 12544 TopicStatusDeleted = "Deleted" 12545) 12546 12547const ( 12548 // TrustDirectionOneWayOutgoing is a TrustDirection enum value 12549 TrustDirectionOneWayOutgoing = "One-Way: Outgoing" 12550 12551 // TrustDirectionOneWayIncoming is a TrustDirection enum value 12552 TrustDirectionOneWayIncoming = "One-Way: Incoming" 12553 12554 // TrustDirectionTwoWay is a TrustDirection enum value 12555 TrustDirectionTwoWay = "Two-Way" 12556) 12557 12558const ( 12559 // TrustStateCreating is a TrustState enum value 12560 TrustStateCreating = "Creating" 12561 12562 // TrustStateCreated is a TrustState enum value 12563 TrustStateCreated = "Created" 12564 12565 // TrustStateVerifying is a TrustState enum value 12566 TrustStateVerifying = "Verifying" 12567 12568 // TrustStateVerifyFailed is a TrustState enum value 12569 TrustStateVerifyFailed = "VerifyFailed" 12570 12571 // TrustStateVerified is a TrustState enum value 12572 TrustStateVerified = "Verified" 12573 12574 // TrustStateUpdating is a TrustState enum value 12575 TrustStateUpdating = "Updating" 12576 12577 // TrustStateUpdateFailed is a TrustState enum value 12578 TrustStateUpdateFailed = "UpdateFailed" 12579 12580 // TrustStateUpdated is a TrustState enum value 12581 TrustStateUpdated = "Updated" 12582 12583 // TrustStateDeleting is a TrustState enum value 12584 TrustStateDeleting = "Deleting" 12585 12586 // TrustStateDeleted is a TrustState enum value 12587 TrustStateDeleted = "Deleted" 12588 12589 // TrustStateFailed is a TrustState enum value 12590 TrustStateFailed = "Failed" 12591) 12592 12593const ( 12594 // TrustTypeForest is a TrustType enum value 12595 TrustTypeForest = "Forest" 12596 12597 // TrustTypeExternal is a TrustType enum value 12598 TrustTypeExternal = "External" 12599) 12600